Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Compliance Matrix

Table 1 Compliance matrix

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED IN SECTION REFERENCE Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C. – Condition 18 Erosion and Sediment Control Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C. – Condition 15 Water Quality

(a) Discharge of surface water and groundwater from Project Works must comply with This Plan the Brisbane River Estuary environmental values and water quality objectives (Basin no. 143 - mid-estuary) in the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009.

(b) During construction monitor and report on water quality in accordance with the This Plan Water Quality Management Plan, a sub-plan of the Construction Environmental Management Plan. Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C. – Condition 17 Water Quality

(a) Project Works, and worksites, must be designed and implemented to avoid inundation This Plan from stormwater due to a 2 year (6hr) ARI rainfall event and flood waters due to a 5 year ARI rainfall event.

(b) Project works must be designed and implemented to avoid afflux or cause the This Plan redirection of uncontrolled surface water flows, including stormwater flows, outside of worksites. Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C. – Condition 18 Erosion And Sediment Control

(a) An erosion and sediment control sub-plan that is consistent with the Guidelines for This Plan Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (International Erosion Control Association, 2008) and the Department of Transport and Main Roads’ Technical Standard MRTS52 – Erosion and Sediment Control must be submitted as part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan. CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED IN SECTION REFERENCE Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C. – Condition 18 Erosion and Sediment Control

(c) An erosion and sediment control sub-plan that is consistent with the Guidelines for This Plan Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (International Erosion Control Association, 2008) and the Department of Transport and Main Roads’ Technical Standard MRTS52 – Erosion and Sediment Control must be submitted as part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Details of Revision Amendments Document Control The CBGU Project Director is responsible for ensuring that this Plan is reviewed and approved. The Project Environment & Sustainability Manager is responsible for updating this Plan to reflect changes to the Project, legal and other requirements, as required. Amendments Any revisions or amendments must be approved by the CBGU Project Director before being distributed / implemented. Distribution and Authorisation The CBGU Project Director is responsible for the distribution of this Plan. The controlled master version of this document is available for distribution as appropriate and maintained on TeamBinder. All circulated hard copies of this document are deemed to be uncontrolled. All personnel employed on the Project will perform their duties in accordance with the requirements of this Plan, supporting management plans, and related procedures.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Table of Contents 1 Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Background ...... 1 1.2 Context ...... 1 1.3 Objectives ...... 1 1.4 Legislative Framework ...... 2 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation ...... 2 1.4.2 State Legislation ...... 2 1.4.3 Approvals, Permits and Licences ...... 2 1.4.4 Guidelines and Standards ...... 2 1.4.5 Certification ...... 3 1.5 Planning And Staging ...... 3 1.6 Project Summary ...... 4 2 Required Outcomes ...... 5 2.1 Coordinator-General Conditions ...... 5 2.2 Environmental Outcomes ...... 5 2.3 Performance Criteria ...... 5 3 Site Description ...... 6 3.1 Topography ...... 6 3.2 Climate ...... 8 3.3 Soils and Geology ...... 9 3.3.1 Soil Mapping ...... 9 3.3.2 Dispersive Soil Management ...... 15 3.3.3 Acid Sulphate Soils ...... 16 3.3.4 Contaminated Land...... 16 3.3.5 Geology ...... 16 3.4 Drainage And Hydrology ...... 19 3.4.1 Deviation To Coordinator-General Conditions ...... 19 4 Erosion Risk Assessment ...... 21 4.1 RUSLE Methodology ...... 21 4.1.1 R Factor – Rainfall ...... 21 4.1.2 K-Factor - Soil Erodibility ...... 22 4.1.3 LS-Factor - Slope and Length ...... 22 4.1.4 Cover (C) And Practice (P) Factors ...... 23 4.1.5 4.5. Soil Loss Results ...... 23 5 Erosion Control ...... 24 5.1 Erosion Control During Works Stages ...... 25

iii

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

5.1.1 Clear And Grub ...... 25 5.1.2 Cut And Fill Earthworks ...... 25 5.1.3 Drainage Structures ...... 26 6 Drainage Control ...... 27 6.1.1 Drain Treatment ...... 27 6.1.2 Rock Check Dams ...... 28 6.1.3 Culvert Installation ...... 28 7 Sediment Control ...... 30 7.1 Discharge Criteria ...... 30 7.2 Type 2 And 3 Controls ...... 31 7.3 Deviation To Coordinator-General Conditions ...... 31 7.3.1 Installation and Timing of Controls ...... 32 8 Maintenance & Monitoring of ESC Measures ...... 33 9 Progressive Rehabilitation ...... 36 10 Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...... 37 10.1 Impacts ...... 37 10.1.1 Southern Portal and Boggo Road ...... 38 10.1.2 Woolloongabba, Albert Street and Roma Street Stations ...... 38 10.1.3 Northern Portal ...... 39 10.2 Mitigation Measures ...... 40 10.2.1 General ...... 40 10.2.2 Southern Portal ...... 41 10.2.3 Boggo Road ...... 42 10.2.4 Woolloongabba Station ...... 42 10.2.5 Albert Street Station ...... 43 10.2.6 Roma Street Stations ...... 44 10.2.7 Northern Portal ...... 45 10.2.8 Site Reinstatement...... 46 11 Compliance Management ...... 47 11.1 Roles and Responsibilities ...... 47 11.2 Induction and Training ...... 47 11.2.1 Environmental Induction ...... 47 11.2.2 Environmental Training ...... 47 11.3 Communication ...... 47 11.4 Incidents and Emergencies ...... 47 11.4.1 Incident Notification ...... 47 11.4.2 Incident Types ...... 47 11.4.3 Incident Prevention Management ...... 47

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

11.4.4 Incident Investigation ...... 47 11.4.5 Complaint Management ...... 48 12 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting ...... 49 12.1 Environmental Monitoring ...... 49 12.1.1 Performance Monitoring ...... 49 12.1.2 Auditing ...... 49 12.1.3 Corrective Action ...... 50 12.2 Reporting ...... 50 12.2.1 Monthly Reporting ...... 50 12.2.2 Incidents and Non-Compliance Event Reporting ...... 50 12.3 Documentation and Communication ...... 50 12.3.1 Environmental Records ...... 50 12.3.2 Document Control ...... 50 12.3.3 Review ...... 50 12.3.4 Communication ...... 51 13 Severe Weather ...... 52 13.1 RESPONSE TO SIGNIFICANT WEATHER ...... 53

Table of Tables Table 1 Compliance matrix...... i Table 2 Referenced Documents ...... vi Table 3 Terms...... vii Table 4 - Project ESC planning framework ...... 3 Table 5 - Brisbane Historic Rainfall Data (source: BoM) ...... 8 Table 6 Soil landscapes within the project alignment ...... 10 Table 7 General characteristics of the geological formations within the project alignment ...... 17 Table 8 Project ESC planning framework – Design standards for temporary drainage features...... 19 Table 9 – CBGU IFD Design Rainfall Intensity (mm/h) ...... 20 Table 10 Monthly % and Annual Rainfall Erosivity (R-factor) values ...... 21 Table 11 Monthly erosion risk rating based on monthly rainfall erosivity ...... 24 Table 12 Erosion Risk Rating Based on Soil Loss Required Management ...... 24 Table 13 Minimum Sediment Control Standard Based On Soil Loss ...... 25 Table 14 Drainage Design Standards ...... 27 Table 15 IFD ranfill intensities ...... 29 Table 16 Project discharge criteria (per MRTS51 and MRTS52) ...... 31 Table 17 Minimum Standard for Maintenance of ESC ...... 33 Table 18 Severe Weather Risk Assessment ...... 52

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Referenced Documents The following provides a list of referenced documents either as a sub-plan to this plan or referenced from. Table 2 Referenced Documents

Document Number Document Name Location of Controlled Version Referenced Project Plans include: CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000001 Air Quality Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-MPL-CBGU-000019 Construction Environmental Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-TM-MPL-CBGU-000012 Construction Traffic Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-CS-MPL-CBGU-000036 Construction Worksite Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-TM-MPL-CBGU-000014 Haulage Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000004 Social Amenity Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000017 Water Quality Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000020 Water Quality Monitoring Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000011 Acid Sulfate Soil Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-0000010 Contaminated Land Management Plan TeamBinder

Note: this Management Plan may not contain the current version of the documents listed above. Refer to the ‘location of controlled version’ for the most current version.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Glossary of Terms Table 3 Terms

Term Meaning AQMP Air Quality Management Plan BCC Brisbane City Council CBD Central Business District CBGU Design & Construct Contractor comprising a joint venture with CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan CG Coordinator-General CGCR Coordinator-General change reports CRR Cross River Rail CSEP Communications and Stakeholder Engagement Plan CTMP Construction Traffic Management Plan CWMP Construction Worksite Management Plan DA Delivery Authority DEHP Department of Environment and Heritage Protection (now DES) Delivery Authority Cross River Rail Delivery Authority DES Department of Environment and Science DTMR Department of Transport and Main Roads EP Act Environmental Protection Act 1994 (Qld) EPP (Water) Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 (Qld) ESC Erosion and Sediment Control ESCPO Erosion and Sediment Control (Overarching) Sub-Plan HMP Haulage Management Plan IECA International Erosion Control Association km Kilometre m Metre mm Millimetre MRTS Main Roads Technical Standards Project Cross River Rail Project PSTR Project Scope and Technical Requirements OEMP Outline Environmental Management Plan QLD Queensland QR Queensland Rail

vii

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Term Meaning RNA Royal National Agriculture and Industrial Association Social Amenity Management Plan TeamBinder Proprietary software used as part of the Project wide Electronic Document Management System TMR Transport and Main Roads TSD Tunnel, Stations and Development WQMP Water Quality Management Plan

viii

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

1 Introduction 1.1 Background The Design and Construction Joint Venture comprising of CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd (CBGU D&C JV or CBGU) is responsible for delivering the Cross River Rail (CRR) Project (the Project) on behalf of the Cross River Rail Delivery Authority (the Delivery Authority). This Erosion and Sediment Control Plan should be read in conjunction with the Project’s overarching Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP). The CEMP provides specific details regarding the background of the Project, the scope of the Project and the staging and timing of key milestones associated with the construction of the Project. 1.2 Context This Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching) ESCPO forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) developed for the construction of the Project. The ESCPO describes how the CPBU D&C JV will manage erosion and sediment and minimise impacts during construction of the Project. The ESCPO draws upon the best practices and principles to mitigate the overall environmental impact of the Project. The objective of the ESCPO is to minimise the pollution of ground and surface waters resulting from construction activities. This includes specific structures and measures to reduce erosion and off-site sedimentation, which are to be implemented in conjunction with various site management techniques. The following principles will apply to all areas and stages of the construction program: 1) Minimise ground disturbance; 2) Control CW around and through The Project; 3) Implement erosion control strategies to prevent the generation of sediment; 4) Implement sediment control strategies to avoid off-site pollution; 5) Progressive stabilisation following completion of each work area; and 6) Monitoring of controls & Treatment Train, including maintenance requirements. 1.3 Objectives The objectives of this ESCPO which is a sub-plan of the CEMP are to: • Provide measures to avoid, or minimise and manage the effects of soil erosion on the land and receiving waters in the vicinity of the Project Works • Describe the erosion and sediment control (ESC) approach that will be employed by the Project • Ensure controls and procedures are implemented during construction activities to avoid, minimise or manage potential adverse impacts resulting from erosion and the movement of sediment within and adjacent to the Project, including impacts to the downstream environment and waterways • Nominate the Project’s monitoring and reporting requirements in relation to ESC • Monitor the effects of management and mitigation measures.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

1.4 Legislative Framework 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation No Commonwealth legislation is specifically relevant to this ESCPO. 1.4.2 State Legislation State legislation that is relevant to the Project and this ESCP includes:

• Cross River Rail Delivery Authority Act 2016 • Environmental Protection Act 1994 • Environmental Protection (Water and Wetland • Building Act 1975 Biodiversity) Policy 2019 (EPP (Water)). • Local Government Act 2009 • City of Brisbane Act 2010

• Planning Act 2016 • Transport Infrastructure Act 1994

• Economic Development Act 2012 • Work Health and Safety Act 2011.

• State Development and Public Works Organisation Act 1971

1.4.3 Approvals, Permits and Licences CBGU will obtain licences, permits and approvals as required by law and maintain them as required throughout the delivery phase of the project. No condition of the Infrastructure Approval removes the obligation for CBGU to obtain, renew or comply with such necessary licences, permits or approvals. All relevant approvals, permits and licences have been identified in the CEMP. None are related explicitly to erosion and sediment control. 1.4.4 Guidelines and Standards Design, construction and commissioning of the works must be undertaken in accordance with the specific guidelines nominated in the relevant sub-sections within this management plan. Guidelines and standards related to erosion and sediment control that must be met include, but are not limited to: • TMR standards, including: — MRTS52 Erosion and Sediment Control – TMR Specifications — MRTS16 Landscape and Revegetation Works – TMR Specifications. • International Erosion Control Association Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines 2008 (IECA Guidelines) — International Erosion Control Association (IECA) Australasia ‘Appendix B – Sediment basin design and operation’ (June 2018) • ANZG 2018. Australian and New Zealand Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality. Australian and New Zealand Governments and Australian state and territory governments, Canberra ACT, Australia.www.waterquality.gov.au/anz-guidelines

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

• Environmental Protection Policy (Water) Brisbane River Estuary environmental values and water quality objectives (Queensland Government) • Procedural guide, compliance notes: Standard work method for the assessment of the lawfulness of releases to waters from constructions site – South East Queensland. 1.4.5 Certification I Christian Keyes certify that this Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ref: CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000016) has been prepared to satisfy the following requirements: • The intent and minimum standards nominated within the IECA (2008) Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control document • MRTS51 and MRTS52 for relevant ‘risk’ classification When implemented it will assist in compliance with the Environmental Protection Act 1994, Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009, Qld Water Quality Guidelines and the Coordinator-General’s change report – condition change (hours or work) 2019 (October 2019).

CPESC No. 6922 1.5 Planning And Staging It is intended that the project works are covered by a multi-tiered level of planning to not only facilitate and present the overarching strategy but also assist in the implementation and staging of controls according to current works on site. To capture this, the following framework has been adopted.

Table 4 - Project ESC planning framework

TIER INTENT ESCPO Present the general approach to ESC, including the installation sequence and timing of controls, deviation to IECA 2008, response strategy for managing significant rain events, and the monitoring and maintenance requirements for the project site, erosion and sediment controls and receiving environment. Site-specific ESCPs Drawings prepared to indicate the location of controls for specific areas throughout all (SESCPs) stages of construction, including ‘clear and grub’, earthworks, final levels and landscaping. Progressive ESCPs Progressive ESCPs will be developed by the project Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (CPESC) to address site specific changes as they occur in accordance with the Overarching ESCP scope.

Site-specific ESCPs will be referenced within in the Construction Area Plans and accompanying Site Environment Plans. The CPESC approved Site-specific ESCPs for each of the Precincts will be provided to the IEM.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

1.6 Project Summary The Project Summary is detailed in Section 2 of the CEMP.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

2 Required Outcomes The following Imposed Conditions and environmental outcomes must be achieved throughout the construction of the Project. The environmental outcomes may be achieved by meeting the performance criteria in this ESCPO. 2.1 Coordinator-General Conditions Throughout construction, the following Imposed Condition/s must be achieved: Condition 18. Erosion and Sediment Control a) An erosion and sediment control sub-plan that is consistent with the Guidelines for Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (International Erosion Control Association, 2008) and TMR Technical Standard MRTS52 – Environmental Management must be submitted as part of the CEMP. 2.2 Environmental Outcomes The following environmental outcomes in relation to erosion and sediment control are to be achieved for the Project: • Construction activities minimise soil erosion and sedimentation and avoid adverse impacts on the environmental values of receiving waters • Construction activities do not impact on the environmental values of the Brisbane River and other waterways 2.3 Performance Criteria The following performance criteria must be achieved throughout the construction of the Project: • The Project does not result in soil erosion beyond the boundaries of worksites. Soil erosion within a worksite is rectified as soon as practicable after a rainfall event to prevent the release of sediment offsite • Soil erosion and sediment controls are implemented and maintained for each worksite in accordance with the guidelines for Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (International Erosion Control Association, 2008) and TMR's Technical Standard MRTS52 Erosion and Sediment Control • Runoff from worksites complies with the environmental objectives established in the Environmental Protection (Water and Wetland Biodiversity) Policy 2019 (EPP (Water)).

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

3 Site Description 3.1 Topography Topography along the project site is generally characterised by undulating terrain with several prominent high and low points. The topography and longitudinal profile of each work area/precinct are summarised/presented below: • Northern Portal - Although most works are limited to the relatively flat existing rail corridor, it is bounded by moderate to steep slopes along Victoria Park and the Brisbane Grammar School, with a steep drop off to the Inner-City Bypass (ICB) in the North. • Roma Street Precinct – Located adjacent and within the existing rail corridor where natural topography has been modified, and construction works limited to the relatively flat existing formation.

• Albert Street Precinct - Natural topography has been modified and construction works limited to the relatively flat existing formation.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

• Woolloongabba Precinct – The topography has been modified; however, the topography is generally flat with steeper sloops on the western, northern and eastern boundaries.

• Boggo Road Precinct – The topography is milder around outlook park and slopes increase to moderate as they progress south.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

• Southern Portal - Much of the works associated with the project in the southern portal are located in the existing corridor, with very mild existing topography. 3.2 Climate Various Early Works (such as clearing, demolition, service location, site establishment, earthworks, ground reinforcement works, shaft excavation, etc.) commenced during October 2019 or are underway. Completion of the project is anticipated in 2024. The area is classified as a sub-tropical climate and receives a mean annual rainfall of 1011.5 mm per year (BOM, 2020). As shown in Table 5, rainfall is mostly associated with summer thunderstorms, while low- intensity rainfall is relatively infrequent. Seasonal variations are variable and unpredictable. Nevertheless, warm-season rainfall tends to be more reliable than the cool season. Based on the topography, surrounding land uses and characteristics of creeks and drainage lines within the project alignment, it is anticipated that following runoff producing rainfall events flows will be conveyed quickly with a relatively short time of concentrations for external catchments. Careful planning and staging of works within and immediately surrounding creeks and drainage lines will be a critical component of managing ESC. Similarly, plans will identify contingency measures should works be underway within creeks and drainage lines to minimise the generation and export of sediment. Based on historical rainfall data, the period between December to March presents the greatest rainfall for the Brisbane Region. Based on the construction duration, the project will extend through at least four (4) wet seasons. As far as practical, all effort should be made to reduce exposed areas to that reasonably manageable during these periods.

Table 5 - Brisbane Historic Rainfall Data (source: BoM)

Brisbane Mean Rainfall Records

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual

Mean 140.5 150.4 115.3 58.8 59.7 66.9 24.7 36.2 28.4 77.8 91.4 129.2 1011.5 Rainfall

Mean Rainfall 8.2 9.7 9.7 6.9 5.5 6.6 3.6 3.6 3.8 6.9 7.8 8.9 81.2 Days

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Historic rainfall for the region, represented by the closest Bureau of Meteorology Station is presented below in Table 5 and graphically in Figure 2.

Figure 1 Brisbane Historic Rainfall Data (source: BoM) 3.3 Soils and Geology A desktop assessment of soils and geology has been undertaken using available soil mapping, supported by field geotechnical testing, with the following information sourced from the Cross River Rail Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) 2011 – Volume 1 Chapter 7. The methodology for the preparation of the description of the existing environment and potential impact assessment included: • review of existing mapping and geotechnical data • review of previous reports and investigations • review of the design, feasibility and planning reports, constraints mapping and construction issues and geotechnical investigation reports. 3.3.1 Soil Mapping A review of the Soil Landscapes of Brisbane and South-Eastern Environs (Beckman et al 1987) was completed for the identification of the soil landscapes mapped throughout the study corridor. This has been supported and verified by geotechnical investigations. Within the project alignment, six soil landscapes have been identified (refer to Figure 2 Soil Landscapes of Brisbane and South-Eastern Environs (Beckman et al 1987) and Figure 3 Soil Landscapes of Brisbane and South-Eastern Environs (Beckman et al 1987)). Their characteristics and other corresponding attributes, including the ASS (NR&M, 2002) and erosion hazard assessment based on the soil characteristics are summarised in Table 6.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Table 6 Soil landscapes within the project alignment

Soil landscape1 Dominant soil Landscape and CSIRO Soil Order2 and ASS4 Erosion hazard5 groups parent rock Australian Soil Classification Order3 Red – yellow podzolic soils, Low hills of Tb64 greywacke, Beenleigh with lithosols and Possible Moderate phyllite and Rudosol/Podosol some gleyed /Sodosol/Hydrosol podzolic soils shale Low undulating Moderate to high Prairie soils with plain and Tb64 Brisbane River Likely – susceptible to some alluvial soils terrace Dermosol wind erosion remnants Gleyed podzolic Creek flats of soils with minor Tb64 Moggill Creek sandy and Unlikely Moderate prairie and clayey alluvium Rudosol/Chromosol alluvial soils

Low hills, some Low to moderate - Lithosols with with steep Tb64 erosion is an active Chermside shallow podzolic Unlikely slopes of process within this soils Rudosol rhyolitic tuff soil landscape

Tb64 Red podzolic soils Low hills of Toowong Unlikely Moderate with lithosols phyllite ASC Order not determined Red – yellow podzolic soils, Low hills of with lithosols, Tb64 Woodridge sandstone and Unlikely Moderate to high gleyed podzolic shales Rudosol soils and lateritic podzolic soils Notes: 1. Beckmann, et al (1987) 2. CSIRO (2001) 3. Isbell (2002) 4. NR&M (2003) 5. Charman and Murphy (2001)

Descriptions for each of the soil landscapes in Beckmann et al (1987) within the central section of the study corridor are summarised as follows. The Beenleigh soil landscape is found covering large areas of Spring Hill and the Brisbane CBD with a small isolated area, at the eastern end of Queen Street, which is surrounded by the Brisbane River soil landscape. The soil is comprised of red – yellow podzolic soils with lithosols and some gleyed podzolic soils. It is characteristic of low hills of greywacke, phyllite and shale parent rock. Soils within this soil landscape generally show markedly differentiated profiles. Red – yellow podzolic soils generally have distinct to prominent horizon contrasts in colour, texture, structure and related properties, mainly between the surface (A) and subsoil (B) horizons. Red – yellow podzolic soils

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

have pronounced texture contrast and a clear to gradual boundary between weakly structured sandy to loamy A horizons and red or yellow-brown clay B horizons of moderate blocky or polyhedral structure and firm to friable consistence. Generally nutrient status of these soils tends to be low (Beckman et al, 1987) and erodibility can range between moderate to high, but this would be dependent on other factors such as the location of the soil within the landscape, the slope steepness and length exposure to high intensity rainfall or high velocity runoff and methods/effectiveness of surface stabilisation (Charman and Murphy, 2001). Alternately, Lithosols tend to be stony and gravelly soils of sandy, loamy or clayey texture usually overlying fragmented and weathering rock at shallow depth (40 to 60 cm), occurring mainly on ridge crests or steep to moderate upper slopes where continual removal of fine earth by erosion limits profile development (Beckman et al 1987 p11). These soils tend to occupy locations within the landscape where erosion is active (Charman and Murphy, 2001) and is a key characteristic/determining factor of this soil type. During the geotechnical investigations for the Project, observations of soils from a number of bore logs in the Beenleigh soil landscape were reviewed. However the observations recorded in the bore logs were not considered to be consistent with the attributes of the Beenleigh soil landscape due to the disturbed nature of the surface and near surface profiles and the depth and characteristics of the material observed. The Brisbane River soil landscape is found on the northern banks of the Brisbane River within the Brisbane CBD. This soil landscape is comprised of prairie soils with some sandy alluvial soils. Brisbane River soils are associated with low undulating plain and terrace remnants of sandy alluvium parent rock and is characterised by markedly differentiated profiles. During the geotechnical investigations for the Project, observations within the Brisbane River soil landscape were recorded at one borehole location within the central section of the study corridor, on the northern side of the Brisbane River channel, within the City Botanic Gardens. Observations of the soil profile and characteristics at this location were considered to be consistent with the attributes of this soil landscape. The Moggill Creek soil landscape has been identified in an isolated area in the vicinity of the Roma Street Station, in the low point of the topography between Spring Hill and the Brisbane CBD. This soil landscape is generally comprised of gleyed podzolic soils, with minor prairie and alluvial soils. They are characteristic of creek flats of sandy and clayey alluvium parent material and generally indicate an influence of poor drainage. These soils usually show a pronounced texture contrast and clear to gradual boundaries between A and B horizons, a pale or bleached A2 horizon and acid reaction throughout, or acid and becoming neutral in the deep subsoil (Beckmann et al 1987). In the natural state the gleyed podzolic soils have marked deficiencies of major plant nutrients but their water regimes generally ensure available water for plant growth for longer periods than occur in freely drained podzolic soils (Beckmann et al 1987). During the geotechnical investigations for the Project, observations within the Moggill Creek soil landscape were recorded at one borehole location, in the vicinity of Roma Street Station. However the observations recorded at this location were not considered consistent with the Moggill Creek soil landscape due to the level of disturbance and observed attributes and characteristics of the soil profile description. The Chermside soil is intercepted in a number of locations within the study corridor. In the central section the Chermside soil landscape is identified on the southern side of the Brisbane River, in the vicinity of Kangaroo Point and Woolloongabba. The soil is comprised of lithosols with shallow podzolic soils. These are associated

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

with high hills and steeply sloping areas. Soils within this soil landscape generally show little profile development. During the geotechnical investigations for the Project, observations of soils from a number of bore logs in the Chermside soil landscape were reviewed for the central section of the study corridor. Soil profile descriptions observed were generally consistent with the Chermside soil landscape. The Toowong soil is intercepted on the southern side of the Brisbane River west of the Kangaroo Point cliffs. This soil landscape shows a distinct to prominent horizon contrasts in colour, texture, structure and related properties, mainly between the surface (A) and subsoil (B) horizons. Soils are characterised as red – yellow podzolic soils on low hills of phyllite, that have pronounced texture contrast and a clear to gradual boundary between weakly structured sandy to loamy A horizons and red or yellow-brown clay B horizons of moderate blocky or polyhedral structure and firm to friable consistence. No geotechnical investigations for the Project have been undertaken for this soil landscape. However, this soil landscape is unlikely to be disturbed by any Project works, so is not described further in this ElS. The Woodridge soil landscape is intercepted in areas east of the Park Road Station and the Dutton Park Station. This soil landscape is comprised of red – yellow podzolic soils, with lithosols, gleyed podzolic soils and lateritic podzolic soils and is generally situated on low hills of sandstone and shales (Beckman et al 1987 p.11). Lateritic podzolic soils are similar to mottled intergrade form of red and yellow podzolic soils but with large amounts of ironstone nodules in the lower part of the thick sandy A2 horizon and mottled upper B horizon. They are usually of greater depth (more than 2 m) than the red and yellow podzolic soils and have prominent red and light grey coarse mottling toward the base of the solum. The upper B horizons are usually strongly blocky to polyhedral and friable to firm when moist but structure becomes coarser and consistence may be very firm in the deep subsoil (Beckmann et al 1987). These podzolic soils are moderately to strongly acid, the clays are dominantly kaolin and exchange capacity and base saturation are low. Available water and nutrient status tend to be low (Beckmann et al 1987). Erodibility can range between moderate to high, but this would be dependent on other factors such as the location of the soil within the landscape, the slope steepness and duration of exposure to high intensity rainfall or high velocity runoff and methods/effectiveness of surface stabilisation (Charman and Murphy, 2001). During the geotechnical investigations for the Project, observations of soils from a number of bore logs in the Woodridge soil landscape were reviewed for the central section of the study corridor. Soil profile descriptions observed were generally consistent with the Woodridge soil landscape.

Erosion hazard Areas of high erosion risk and steep areas (eg greater than 10% gradient) have been identified within the central section of the study corridor at Spring Hill, Woolloongabba and Dutton Park.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Figure 2 Soil Landscapes of Brisbane and South-Eastern Environs (Beckman et al 1987)

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Figure 3 Soil Landscapes of Brisbane and South-Eastern Environs (Beckman et al 1987)

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

3.3.2 Dispersive Soil Management Based on the available soil mapping and geotechnical investigations, dispersive soils may be encountered within select portions of the project, most likely associated with the Beenleigh soil unit reported around Roma Street and Northern Portal works. The following section summarises the proposed management and treatment to address dispersive soils on the project. Identify and Avoid

This approach is limited in terms of practical application to areas outside of project works. Consideration should be given to limiting disturbance, and excavation of soils were not required as a means to reduce the reliance on other management measures below. Separation of Topsoil and Subsoil

Whilst works are typically limited to “brown-fields” areas it is expected that some topsoil will be encountered on the project, and good construction practices will dictate that topsoils be stripped and stockpiled separately to subsoils. Care should be taken during stripping works to limit mixing of profiles as much as practical. This will be particularly important in areas of potential contamination or ASS.

Topsoil stockpiles which are planned to remain unused for prolonged periods of time should be stabilised using mulch, hydromulch or a permeable, biodegradable matting or mesh to allow sunlight and moisture to penetrate and maintain biological activity. Ensure stockpiles do not exceed 1.5m height to prevent overheating. Subsoil stockpiles containing dispersive soils should be compacted and covered using an impermeable cover such as plastic or have a layer of non sodic (and non erosive) material applied. Drainage Protection

Should dispersive soils be encountered on site, all effort shall be afforded to diverting water away from such materials. Drains must not be excavated into dispersive soils without either lining with an impermeable material, lining with non-erosive, non-sodic material or gypsum treated material placed and stabilised to handle maximum flow velocities for the connected catchment up to the design event (as perTable 14).

The use of rock check dams (or similar velocity control measures) should not be used in locations with potential dispersive soils exposed within the drainage path. The use of rock protection at inlets and outlets of culverts, chute lining or other drainage locations should account for potential dispersive soils and incorporate a layer of gypsum treatment to underlying soils. Temporary Erosion Control during Earthworks

A focus on erosion control throughout the construction phase is considered the most effective approach to managing soil quality. Given the contrast between wet and dry seasons in South East Queensland, a risk- based approach should be undertaken to manage the risk of dispersion during construction works. This approach will be dictated by activities onsite and should consider rainfall forecasts, upcoming works, potential to limit extent and duration of exposure during high rainfall risk periods and contingency measures which can be employed to manage areas in the event of rainfall. Such measures would include assessment of temporary drainage to divert all runoff practical off dispersive soils, compaction of exposed areas to limit soil / water interaction, application of gypsum or ground cover treatment and maintenance of downslope sediment controls. Reference shall be made to MRTS04 and MRTS16 for additional guidance on soil characteristics, material handling, stockpiling and reuse and treatment.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

3.3.3 Acid Sulphate Soils

Acid Sulphate soils and acid soil are present within or directly adjacent to the project area, including:

• Albert Street precinct

• Woolloongabba precinct

• Boggo Road

There is a possibility of encountering ASS where surface works are proposed in a number of the isolated alluvial valleys along the extent of the study corridor and there is potential for the disturbance of these sediments to result in impacts to the quality of both surface water and groundwater.

While the general approach to ESC during the project considers the likelihood of encountering ASS on site, management of these soils shall be addressed elsewhere, in the ASSMP included with the CEMP. 3.3.4 Contaminated Land

Soil management, including the placement of temporary drainage and sediment controls within this ESCPO and SESCPs considers the likely presence of contamination along the alignment, however, the management of these soils shall be addressed elsewhere, in the CLMP included with the CEMP. 3.3.5 Geology General characteristics of the various geological formations within the project alignment have been presented in Table 7. It is emphasised that these properties are generalised and the actual properties of the formations must be assessed by site-specific geotechnical investigations.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Table 7 General characteristics of the geological formations within the project alignment

General characteristics Map Formation Area present symbol name Weathering Soils Erodibility Slope stability

Susceptible to Unstable, would require Holocene erosion but severity engineered support where Alluvium Dominant parent material Sandy mud, muddy depends on local excavated into. Erosion Qhe (Estuarine associated with the sediments N/A sand and minor topography, protection would be required channels of the Brisbane River channel gravel drainage, nature of around bridges, culverts and and banks) clays, earthworks structures

Dominant parent material in Clay, silt, sand and Quaternary low elevation areas in the Qa N/A gravel of variable - - Alluvium vicinity of the Spring Hill, the strength or density CBD and Woolloongabba

Dominant parent rock within Variable resistance to Often very deeply Clayey, occasionally Low batter angles and slope the south-eastern extent of erosion depending on Aspley weathered with sandy or gravelly protection required for shallow Rip the central section – Park bedrock type and Formation marked reduction in sometimes high cuts, full support required for Road Station to Dutton Park local deep rock strength plasticity deeper cuts Station weathering

Welded tuff highly Steep faces with occasional rock Dominant parent rock through Usually very shallow resistant to erosion, bolting possible in fresh and the areas of elevation along depth of weathering stratified tuff tends slightly weathered tuff. Brisbane the south-western extent of Rif but moderately Very shallow, clayey to fret. Fine grained Selective support and Tuff the central section associated weathered tuff is basal sediments fret, protection in moderately with the Kangaroo to Dutton strong rock breccias pluck and weathered tuff. Basal sediments Park ravel often marginally stable

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

General characteristics Map Formation Area present symbol name Weathering Soils Erodibility Slope stability

Low batter angles are necessary Shallow to moderate with shallow cuts in highly depth of weathering, Dominant parent rock through weathered rock. often with Shallow clayey Neranleigh- areas of high elevation and penetrative gravels/gravelly Deeper cuts into less weathered DCf Fernvale exposed ridge lines in Spring Erosion resistant weathering along clays, non- rock usually quite stable Beds Hill, the CBD and South fractures with the expansive depending on orientation of Brisbane development of clay foliation and joint sets, infill otherwise selective support required

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

3.4 Drainage And Hydrology Project drainage and hydrology are characterised by the existing stormwater drainage (road and rail), including several kerb and channel drains, stormwater inlets (road and field), table/cess drains, and associated drainage channels. Runoff from the Northern Portal to the Bowen Road Bridge the Brisbane Grammar School and Victoria Park grades west/north, discharging a considerable catchment across the alignment via a series of diversion drains, inlets and culverts to the Inner-City Bypass area. Runoff from the Roma Street and Albert Street precincts are discharge to several roadside kerb inlets. Runoff from the Woolloongabba and Boggo Road precincts are discharged via a number of field inlets and stormwater pits. The topography of the Southern Portal is relatively low-lying with only small areas greater than 25 m AHD in elevation. In general, the topography of the southern portion of works gradually slopes down to the south- west and west towards the Brisbane River and Oxley Creek, most of which have been heavily modified from their natural state. SESCPs include detailed information on external catchments reporting to the site, internal catchments and runoff characteristics as well as assessments of peak discharge and allowable flow velocities. In accordance with Coordinator-General conditions, all care has been taken to ensure temporary drainage and sediment controls are designed to avoid afflux or cause the redirection of uncontrolled surface water flows, including stormwater flows, outside of worksites. 3.4.1 Deviation To Coordinator-General Conditions In accordance with Condition 17 of the Coordinator-General Conditions it is noted that “project works, and worksites, must be designed and implemented to avoid inundation from stormwater due to a 2 year (6hr) ARI rainfall event and floodwaters due to a 5-year ARI rainfall event”. For the purpose of temporary ESC, it is however considered more reasonable, and effective to design drainage for flow events based on drainage design life and Intensity-Frequency-Duration (IFD) data available for the given catchment and critical duration. This principle complies with both Best Practice guidelines (namely IECA (2008), the BCC City Plan, and MRTS52 and is adopted for temporary drainage throughout the project.

Table 8 Project ESC planning framework – Design standards for temporary drainage features

Anticipated Design Life (Months) Reference Drainage Feature <3 3 - 12 12 - 24 >24

Temporary Drainage 2yr ARI 5yr ARI 10yr ARI Structures

IECA 2008 Emergency Spillways 10yr ARI 20yr ARI 50yr ARI

Temporary Culverts 1yr ARI

Temporary Drainage 18% AEP 10% AEP MRTS52 39% AEP (2yr ARI) Structures (5yr ARI) (10yr ARI)

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Anticipated Design Life (Months) Reference Drainage Feature <3 3 - 12 12 - 24 >24

2% AEP 5% AEP (20yr ARI) Emergency Spillways (50yr ARI)

1) Includes catch drains, diversion bunds and chutes. Excludes minimum 150mm freeboard. If drainage structure located immediately upslope of occupied property that would be adversely affected a minimum 10 yr ARI design standard applies.

2) Emergency spillways on temporary sediment basins. Excludes Referable Dams.

Table 9 – CBGU IFD Design Rainfall Intensity (mm/h)

Duration 1 year 2 year 5 year 10 year 20 year 50 year 100 year

5 min 112 141 176 204 234 274 305

10 min 116 145 167 191 222 246 92.2

20 min 68 85.5 107 123 141 165 182

30 min 54.3 68.2 85.5 98.9 113 133 147

1 hour 34.8 43.7 55.1 64 73.8 86.9 97

2 hour 21.4 26.9 34 39.8 46.2 54.9 61.7

3 hour 16 20.2 25.6 30 35 41.8 47.1

6 hour 9.88 12.5 15.9 18.8 22 26.5 30.1

9 hour 7.52 9.51 12.3 14.5 17.1 20.6 23.5

12 hour 6.22 7.89 10.2 12.2 14.3 17.4 19.9

24 hour 3.97 5.08 6.72 8.06 9.58 11.7 13.5

48 hour 2.5 3.23 4.39 5.32 6.38 7.9 9.15

72 hour 1.87 2.43 3.34 4.07 4.9 6.1 7.1

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

4 Erosion Risk Assessment An erosion risk assessment provides an indicator tool to determine the sediment control and erosion control standards that should be applied to a project. Application of the risk assessment has considered construction activities relevant to all major stages of the Project. 4.1 RUSLE Methodology A quantitative erosion risk assessment for each disturbed catchment along the alignment has been conducted using the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE), see Equation 1. RUSLE aims to predict the potential long term average soil loss rate from a given site based on the following parameters: A = R x K x LS x C x P Equation 1 (IECA, 2008)

Where:

A is the predicted soil loss per hectare per year R is the rainfall erosivity factor (3,705 – Refer to Section 3.1.1) K is the soil erodibility factor (0.017 - 0.025 – Refer to Section 3.1.2) LS is the slope length/gradient factor (varies – Refer to Section 3.1.3) C is the ground cover and management factor (1.0 – Refer to Section 3.1.4) P is the erosion control practice factor (1.3 – Refer to Section 3.1.4) 4.1.1 R Factor – Rainfall The rainfall erosivity factor (R factor), is a measure of the ability of rainfall to cause erosion. The rainfall erosivity factor (R factor), is a measure of the ability of rainfall to cause erosion. It is the product of two components (1) total energy and (2) intensity for each rainfall event. R factors are published for a range of locations throughout Queensland, including Brisbane, which is considered reflective of the Project. Reference to Table E1 of IECA (2008) indicates an annual R factor value of 3,705. Table 10 Monthly % and Annual Rainfall Erosivity (R-factor) values

Monthly % and Annual Rainfall Erosivity (R-factor) values

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Year

% 18.1 18.5 13.8 7.7 4.8 4.3 3.0 2.1 2.1 5.2 8.1 12.2 100%

R - values 671 686 512 286 178 159 111 77.9 77.9 193 300 452 3,705

Note: adopted from E1, p. E.4 & E2, p. E.5 IECA 2008.

Based on this R factor of 3,705, any slope greater than 7% represents a high erosion hazard.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Figure 4 Assessment of potential erosion hazard (adopted from Figure 4.6 Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction - march 2004) 4.1.2 K-Factor - Soil Erodibility The soil erodibility factor (K-factor) is a measure of the susceptibility of soil particles to detachment and transport by rainfall and runoff. Soil texture is the principle component affecting the K-factor, but soil structure, organic matter and profile permeability also contribute. Soil descriptions for the site are provided above in section 4.3. Based on available soil information, substantial variation exists along the alignment, in term of texture and soil properties. For this reason, a site-specific soil loss assessment shall be conducted as part of the preparation of the SESCPs using K-factors suitable for that work area. These K-factors typically range from 0.017 for gravelly soils and sandy clays, to 0.025 for silty clays and the alluvium and clay fills, corresponding to Table E4 of IECA (2008). It is unlikely that dispersive soil properties will be encountered in most soils along the alignment, however, should they occur a 20% adjustment factor will be incorporated into soil loss calculations for SESCPs, and soils will be managed in accordance with 4.3.2 of this ESCPO. 4.1.3 LS-Factor - Slope and Length Slope length and slope gradient have substantial effects on soil erosion by water. The two (2) effects are represented by the slope length factor (L) and the slope steepness factor (S). In the application of RUSLE, the two are evaluated together as a numerical representation of the length-slope combination (LS factor). In order to assign an LS factor for each disturbed catchment, an equal area slope gradient has been calculated. LS factors have been assigned based on Table E3 of IECA (2008). LS factors are significantly influenced by the stage of works, including existing and design slopes within specific catchments. For this reason, site-specific LS factors corresponding to Table E3 of IECA (2008) and stage/area specific ground conditions are utilised in the soil loss calculations completed as part of the SESCPs.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

4.1.4 Cover (C) And Practice (P) Factors Within RUSLE, the C and P factors are used to describe management of the site with respect to reducing soil loss. The C factor measures the combined effect of all the interrelated cover and management variables adopted over the site. It also represents non-structural methods for controlling erosion (i.e. covering exposed areas with various erosion control products to minimise raindrop impact or stabilisation by temporary or permanent vegetation). The P factor measures the combined effect of all support practices and management variables. P factor is reduced by practices that reduce both the velocity of runoff and the tendency of runoff to flow directly downhill. It also represents structural methods for controlling erosion. Industry accepted default values of 1 and 1.3 have been adopted as C and P factors respectively in soil loss estimations where stripping results in a typical, cleared construction area (per table E11 of IECA, 2008). In some areas existing ground cover may be retained to some extent, and in later stages of the project ground stabilising works may reduce these factors. These will be investigated and presented in the SESCPs. 4.1.5 4.5. Soil Loss Results The estimated soil loss (in tonnes per hectare per year) have been calculated in SESCPs and used to inform the erosion and sediment control requirements in those areas.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

5 Erosion Control Erosion control refers to the management of the working area to prevent or reduce soil particles being mobilised or entrained in water. The soil loss and resulting erosion risk determined in Section 4 and the SESCPs specifies the extent of erosion control required on site. Given the seasonal variation in rainfall, as described in Section 3.1, and in accordance with BCC City Plan (2014) erosion control practices are to be in accordance with Table 4.4.1 & 4.4.4 of IECA (2008), represented below in Table 11. Table 11 Monthly erosion risk rating based on monthly rainfall erosivity

LOCATION Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Brisbane H H H H M M M M L M H H

E = Extreme, H = High, M = Moderate, L = Low, VL = Very Low erosion risk.

A summary of best practice erosion management requirements (as per IECA, 2008) based on the erosion risk output is presented in Table 12. Table 12 Erosion Risk Rating Based on Soil Loss Required Management Advance Land Staged Construction and Erosion Risk Soil Loss Clearing Max days to Stockpiles Stockpile Stabilisation of Earth Rating (T/ha/year) Allowed (wks. stabilisation stabilized height (m) Batters >6H:1V work)

Very Low 0 -150 8 30 (60%) NA NA 4

Low 150 – 225 8 30 (70%) NA NA 3

Moderate 225 - 500 6 20 (70%) Yes NA 3

High 500 – 1500 4 10 (75%) Yes Yes 2

Extreme >1500 2 10 (80%) Yes Yes 2

Note: adopted from Table 4.4.3 IECA Nov 2008. Note whilst the above erosion control requirements are consistent with best practice (IECA, 2008) they do not consider the sensitive nature of the receiving environment, nor waterways. Any works within or adjacent to watercourses (including construction of temporary drains, permanent drain or culvert installation, creek diversions and temporary access tracks) must be delayed for as long as possible, completed with consideration of forecast rainfall, completed in as rapid fashion as possible and stabilised rapidly following works.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

The minimum sediment control standards based on the erosion risk rating, corresponding soil loss rate and requirements of IECA (2008) is shown in Table 13. Table 13 Minimum Sediment Control Standard Based On Soil Loss

Soil Loss (t/ha/yr) Catchment Description Area (m2) Type 1 Type 2 Type 3

250 NA NA As required Filter fence

1000 NA NA All Cases Filter fence or Type 2

Decanting Earth Bund, mulch bund, rock filter dam, 2500 NA >75 75 undersized basin/sump Sediment basin (sized in accordance with design >2500 >150 150 75 standard), Decanting Earth Bund, mulch bund, rock filter dam, undersized basin/sump Sediment basin (sized in accordance with design >10,000 >75 NA 75 standard)

Note: adopted from Table 4.4.7 IECA Nov 2008.

Note: whilst the above erosion control requirements are consistent with best practice (IECA, 2008) they do not consider the sensitive nature of receiving environments, nor waterways. 5.1 Erosion Control During Works Stages Erosion control has been separated to identify controls relevant to each stage of construction, from clear and grub to landscaping. 5.1.1 Clear And Grub • Educate and inform site personnel about site soil quality and required management, including during stripping of topsoil • Establish exclusion zones to prevent over-disturbance, and restrict stripping to approved areas only • Stabilise diversion bunds and temporary drainage features with nominated measures • Stage topsoil stripping to coincide with areas of active earthworks only • Establish stabilised site access points • Stabilise any high traffic areas, such as haul routes or site facilities 5.1.2 Cut And Fill Earthworks • Minimise occurrence and duration of stockpiling • Maintain stabilised site access points, haul routes and facilities areas • Carry out dust suppression and monitor air quality during high winds, noting that some works may be discontinued if excessive dust is observed • Roughen earthworks areas, including batters • Progressively stabilise steep batters if practical, using temporary erosion control (binders and blankets) or by expediting final treatment • Should they be encountered, ameliorate or bury dispersive soils beneath non-dispersive material

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

5.1.3 Drainage Structures • Retain existing ground cover in drainage lines as long as possible, restricting disturbance to immediately before active works • Expedite construction works in drainage lines, monitoring weather forecasts and maximising production during dry weather • Implement temporary erosion control (erosion control mat) prior to rainfall if permanent treatments are not complete (clean water diversions only)

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

6 Drainage Control

Drainage control considers three main principles; diverting external flow before it enters site, directing site runoff to an appropriate sediment control, and ensuring runoff is conveyed in a non-erosive manner. Wither reference to the deviation to Coordinator-General conditions detailed in Section 3.3.1 the following criteria have been adopted for the project, conservatively addressing both IECA (2008) and MRTS52 specification. Table 14 Drainage Design Standards

Anticipated Design Life (Months) Drainage Feature <3 3 - 12 12 - 24 >24 18% AEP (5yr 10% AEP (10yr Temporary Drainage 39% AEP (2yr ARI) ARI) ARI) Structures 2% AEP (50yr ARI) Emergency Spillways 5% AEP (20yr ARI)

Temporary Culverts 1yr ARI

Given the likely presence of contaminated and acid sulphate soils, as well as local topography, being mostly flat, it is considered that the most effective means of achieving both clean and dirty water diversion is through the following: 1. using existing drainage controls and 2. installation of temporary drainage controls on the extent of clear and grub. Temporary drainage controls will effectively divert any external catchments around the site and assist drainage of site runoff where flat ground and local undulation makes drainage difficult to achieve. Temporary drainage controls have been designed to prevent scour and convey runoff up to the rainfall event for which they are designed. Temporary chutes, culverts and spillways have also been sized in accordance with the criteria identified in Table 14 to prevent scour. Hydrologic data used in hydraulic design has been sourced from the Bureau of Meteorology (each precinct was selected -27.466, 153.021; -27.472, 153.027; -27.485, 153.034; -27.495, 153.031 ) and is presented in Table 15. Disturbance to existing drainage features is to be avoided where possible or for as long as possible. Works within these areas are to be undertaken immediately prior to requiring access and completed within a dry forecast unless contingency measures are applied. Where access crosses existing drains, a temporary crossing incorporating a sized pipe may be required. Details regarding temporary drainage arrangement, staging and stabilisation of measures are presented within SESCPs. 6.1.1 Drain Treatment Treatment of temporary drains is required where flow velocities will result in soil mobilisation and drain scour. Due to the moderate to steep topography and resulting peak flows which temporary clean water drains must

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

convey all will be required to be lined to maintain non-erosive flows. Treatment of temporary drains includes hydraulically applied ditch liners, soil binder, roll-on blankets and turf. Treatment is based on an assessment of suitability, life of drain and whole of life costs (installation and maintenance). 6.1.2 Rock Check Dams Drains exceeding 5% gradient or where peak flows exceed approx. 1 m3/s will require installation of rock check dams to reduce velocities to that suitable for temporary drain lining. The spacing of rock check dams is defined by the gradient of the drain, such that the top of the downslope rock check is level with the toe of the upslope rock check. 6.1.3 Culvert Installation For the installation of permanent culverts, detailed construction sequencing will be provided in the relevant Workpack. The Workpack will include a staged methodology to manage clean water diversion and divert sediment-laden runoff to treatment measures. A critical component of these works is the completion of works within a rapid timeframe and the consideration of any forecast rainfall such that works only commence when conditions are favourable, i.e. a five (5) day dry weather forecast period. Should a rainfall event occur during works, contingency measures are specified within the methodology and should be enacted immediately. The below key management principles will be implemented for culvert installations: 1. Appropriately plan and organise the work activities. 2. Minimise channel disturbance. 3. Control the movement of water. 4. Minimise soil erosion. 5. Minimise the release of sediment and sediment-laden water. 6. Promptly rehabilitate disturbed areas. .

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Table 15 IFD ranfill intensities

Duration 1 year 2 year 5 year 10 year 20 year 50 year 100 year

1 min 157 198 247 286 328 383 424

2 min 130 164 207 241 278 328 366

3 min 122 154 194 225 259 305 340

4 min 117 147 184 214 246 288 321

5 min 112 141 176 204 234 274 305

10 min 92.2 116 145 167 191 222 246

15 min 78.2 98.2 123 142 162 189 209

20 min 68 85.5 107 123 141 165 182

25 min 60.3 75.8 94.9 110 126 147 163

30 min 54.3 68.2 85.5 98.9 113 133 147

45 min 42.2 53 66.6 77.2 88.8 104 116

1 hour 34.8 43.7 55.1 64 73.8 86.9 97

1.5 hour 26.2 33 41.7 48.6 56.2 66.6 74.6

2 hour 21.4 26.9 34 39.8 46.2 54.9 61.7

3 hour 16 20.2 25.6 30 35 41.8 47.1

4.5 hour 12 15.2 19.4 22.8 26.6 31.9 36.2

6 hour 9.88 12.5 15.9 18.8 22 26.5 30.1

9 hour 7.52 9.51 12.3 14.5 17.1 20.6 23.5

12 hour 6.22 7.89 10.2 12.2 14.3 17.4 19.9

(Sourced from BOM)

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

7 Sediment Control Details regarding sediment basin design calculation, staging and installation are presented within SESCPs. Sediment basins are located and designed to trap/collect sediment‐laden runoff from disturbed areas of the construction site. Sediment basins will be located to maximize the trapping of pollutants close to drainage lines. Where sediment basins have not been triggered, Type 2 or 3 sediment control devices have been nominated based on estimated soil loss rates. Specified Type 2 and 3 sediment control measures to be utilised are nominated within SESCP. It must be noted that Type 2 and 3 sediment control measures whilst potentially appropriate under IECA (2008) for selected disturbed catchments, may not achieve project conditions, specifically related to water quality, hence have only been specified in highly constrained areas. Within localised areas draining to nominated Type 2 or 3 sediment controls an emphasis shall also be placed on utilising temporary erosion control measures. Temporary erosion control measures to be applied to such areas shall be either soil binder, mulch application or approved other. 8.3.4 Sediment Basin Dewatering and Monitoring Where practicable, water from sediment basins is to be reused on-site within existing erosion and sediment controls for dust suppression without any treatment. Otherwise, all dewater must be conducted in strict compliance with the project ‘Permit To Dewater’ process.

Testing of Retained Water CBGU’s Environmental team or trained delegate will conduct the necessary testing and provide advice on management of all surface water on site. If the below criteria is achieved, the Environmental Team or approved delegate will approve the discharge of the water by completing and signing the’ Water Release Approval’ form.

CPB will utilize manual and automated flocculation to treat non-compliant water. CPB will follow recommended dosing rates from supplier and will develop specific soil type rates based on testing results. The flocculent will be broad cast sprayed over the entire sediment basin. If the below criteria listed in table 12, is not achieved the Environmental team or delegate will advise the Supervisor or delegate that further treatment and testing is necessary. The capacity of sediment basins and retention basins must be returned / maintained within five (5) days of a rainfall event. 7.1 Discharge Criteria The following discharge criteria are to be adopted in accordance with MRTS51 (Table 8.2.2) and MRTS52 for all dewatering that may be conducted on-site.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Table 16 Project discharge criteria (per MRTS51 and MRTS52)

PARAMETER DISCHARGE CRITERIA

Suspended Solids < 50mg/L for relevant design criteria (or equivalent turbidity) Turbidity Project-specific. To be determined based on correlation to TSS limit via laboratory analysis correlating TSS to turbidity

pH 6.5 - 8.5 Hydrocarbons No visible trace Waste No waste or litter Dissolved Oxygen >90% saturation 7.2 Type 2 And 3 Controls The nominated type and location of Type 2 and 3 sediment control measures are presented in SESCPs. Minimum sizing for Type 2 sediment controls is also provided within SESCPs and are based on best practice design standards. Note as detailed where site constraints do not permit the installation of Type 1 sediment control, Type 2 control will be adopted. The specific location of these areas has been indicated in accompanying plans with the required compensatory measures detailed. In locations where excavation is not desirable a rock filter bund (Type 2) will be incorporated into the diversion bunds at the intended release point. Other Type 2 sediment control measures may include excavated sediment traps (acknowledging potential contaminated and acid sulphate soils) or utilisation of table drains as linear storage measures. Sediment fence is nominated as the appropriate Type 3 control measure in all instances. 7.3 Deviation To Coordinator-General Conditions Coordinator-General Conditions requires that discharge of surface water and groundwater from Project Works must comply with the Brisbane River Estuary environmental values and water quality objectives (Basin no. 143 - mid-estuary) in the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009, these are presented in Figure 5 below.

Figure 6 Extract from Basin no. 143 - mid-estuary) in the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Discharge of water from sediment controls designed in accordance with best practice management, namely Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (IECA, 2008) are not guaranteed to comply with the water quality objectives specified in the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009. The objectives specified are for the receiving environment and are not typically used to define discharge limits of short- term stormwater controls during construction. Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 (Section 3.1.4) also references that stormwater design objectives for urban development are contained in the Urban Stormwater Quality Planning Guidelines (2010) for the construction and operational phases of development. This document provides a design objective for sediment basins with “site discharge during sediment basin dewatering should not exceed 50 mg/L TSS and pH between 6.5–8.5”. It should be noted that the State Planning Policy was updated in 2016 with the same sediment basin discharge limits prescribed, however, with an increased treatment percentage of annual runoff. Utilising a discharge limit in accordance with the State Planning Policy will allow controls to be practically installed in accordance with best practice management and provides clarity on expectations in regards to design limits of controls and the use of sediment controls such as sediment fence that cannot provide a controlled discharge water quality. In addition to providing clarity of releases from Type 1 sediment controls in accordance with Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (IECA, 2008) (i.e. sediment basins), the removal of other toxicants specified in the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 water quality objectives will allow the use of flow-through sediment basins and improved environmental performance. If the list of toxicants specified in Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009 were to be verified prior to releases of stormwater from sediment basins, runoff would need to be retained on-site to allow collection and laboratory assessment, increasing the risk of uncontrolled overtops during further rainfall events. 7.3.1 Installation and Timing of Controls Unless otherwise authorised all controls shall be installed wholly within the Licensed Construction Area (LCA), with drainage that does not impact neighbouring properties. Timing may be inconsistent with typical construction staging (i.e. Clear and Grub, Earthworks, Final Level s etc.) given the specific programme of works suitable for rail closures. For this reason, an adaptable, progressive approach to planning has been considered that accounts for both construction staging (earthworks) and the programme of works. Further detail on the installation and timing of controls appropriate to each work area are included with the SESCPs.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

8 Maintenance & Monitoring of ESC Measures Weekly inspections of all installed erosion and sediment control devices will be conducted by the Environmental Team to check compliance with the approved ESCP, and rectify any non-conformances within agreed timeframes or prior to rainfall occurring. In addition to the above and where required additional inspection will be conducted, as listed below:

• Erosion control structures must be routinely inspected to ensure they remain effective particularly after high intensity rainfall or run-off events. • Erosion and sediment control devices must be cleared, repaired or replaced whenever inspections show signs of non-compliance or ineffective capability or capacity. As a minimum all ESCs must be maintained/returned back to the design capacity/intendant within three (3) days of a rainfall event. • Sediment and erosion control measures and areas receiving concentrated flows should be inspected on a regular basis, replaced where damaged and emptied following rainfall events, if required. • Drainage lines and areas of concentrated water flow must be inspected regularly for erosion and to determine whether remedial action is required. Where deficiencies in controls or systems are identified, the issue and required action will be documented and managed according to project requirements (as per the EMP) and a record maintained to demonstrate timely action and close out. Maintenance will be required of ESC measures throughout the project, particularly after rain. Table 17 Minimum Standard for Maintenance of ESC defines the Action Criteria and corrective actions to be implemented. Table 17 Minimum Standard for Maintenance of ESC

Control ESC Type Action Criteria Maintenance Action Responsibility Measure

Erosion control Matting Reinstate matting, ensure secured as per matting (e.g. undermined or specifications. Drainage to be controlled Supervisor geotextile) folded up across matted area.

Erosion Signs of erosion. Reapply hydromulch as required. Drainage Control Hydromulching Loss of protection Supervisor to be controlled across hydromulched area. on surface

Soil binding Signs of erosion. Reapply soil binder as required. Drainage Supervisor solutions (e.g. Loss of protection to be controlled across the bound area. Site Engineer polymers) on surface

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Control ESC Type Action Criteria Maintenance Action Responsibility Measure

Increase surface roughness of outlet (e.g. using different size rock) and length of Supervisor Outlet Erosion or scour at scour protection. Environmental Manager Protection the outlet Geofabric lining underneath to be replaced (construction) if damaged and place black plastic underneath geofabric.

Evidence of Reinstate to rectify sagging or undermining. ineffectiveness Supervisor (sagging, Place sand bags to stop or install new Site Engineer undermining or section if bypassing Sediment/filer bypassing) fence Remove sediment from fence. >30% of retention Supervisor capacity is blocked Replace or back flush any portion that has Site Engineer by sediment become blocked.

Sediment or mud Sweeper truck to clean road. Access and Supervisor Sediment being tracked onto Increase the length and/or roughness of Egress Points Site Engineer Control the public road the exit control

Accumulated Supervisor Sediment Traps sediment taking up Accumulated sediment to be removed > 30% of capacity Site Engineer Accumulated Supervisor sediment taking up Accumulated sediment to be removed Environmental Manager >30% of capacity (construction) Sediment Basins Damage to any Supervisor Damaged components to be repaired and components of the reinstated. Environmental Manager sediment basin (construction) Supervisor Clean water diversions Environmental Manager (construction) Repair scour or erosion. Evidence of scour Supervisor Drainage Dirty water Review existing control measures and significant or Environmental Manager Control diversion enhance or investigate installing additional erosion (construction) controls that are more effective. Supervisor Batter chutes Environmental Manager (construction)

Review existing controls and scour pattern, Check Dams Damage to check reduce spacing between controls and size Supervisor (rock or dam or blow outs of controls. Control construction traffic Site Engineer sandbag) Velocity that may also be affecting controls. Controls

Review existing controls and scour pattern, Damage to Geo‐ Supervisor Geo‐Logs reduce spacing between controls and Logs or blow outs ensure adequately secured / pinned. Site Engineer

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Control ESC Type Action Criteria Maintenance Action Responsibility Measure

Sediment Accumulated sumps / Remove accumulated sediment and Supervisor sediment taking up knockout pits reinstate control. >30% of capacity Site Engineer on grade

Repair scour or erosion. Review existing control investigate installing additional controls that are more effective. If it has overtopped increase size of control to Cut off drains or Evidence of scour, make it more robust. Measures and scour Supervisor overtopping or whoa boys pattern. Enhance or investigate installing Site Engineer erosion additional controls That are more effective. If it has overtopped increase size of control to make it more robust.

Note: Additional controls may be used on the Project.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

9 Progressive Rehabilitation Areas will be stabilised following completion, suspension and/or extended exposure with no construction activity (i.e. Christmas shutdown). Stabilisation of inactive works areas will be identified in the PESCPs. If the Project is to have an extended shutdown period all areas are to be stabilised with appropriate erosion control (i.e. soil binder, geo-textile fabric and/or jute mesh).

• Progressively complete landscaping throughout the alignment wherever possible, ensuring landscaping is completed as soon after earthworks as possible • Combine temporary control with long term revegetation measures, such as binders, mulch or hydromulch to provide immediate stabilisation while landscaping establishes • Prior to high risk periods (i.e. wet season) seek to reduce exposed areas as much as practical and stabilise inactive work areas, considering the duration of inactivity and likelihood of significant rainfall • Rehabilitate all areas outside the main alignment, including haul routes, laydowns, stockpile areas and other facilities.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

10 Impacts and Mitigation Measures A range of potential impacts to the environment and potential environmental mitigation measures are outlined below. 10.1 Impacts The construction phase of the Project will require earth works in the form of cut and fill, as well as tunnelling, resulting in localised changes to landform contours and topography. Additionally, activities associated with construction of the Project has the potential to alter or impede overland surface flow and drainage patterns. The potential general impacts of the Project on existing soil values within the Project footprint are likely to be associated with accelerated erosion and sediment movement due to disturbance of soils, onsite spoil placement locations, access points and construction work. Uncontrolled impacts to soils values that have been identified include: • Loss of valuable topsoil material • Accelerated erosion of vulnerable soils • Contaminant mobilisation within surface water or groundwater • Loss of sediment offsite into waterways, including the Brisbane River • Changes to flows of surface water • Mortality of aquatic and riparian flora • Mortality of aquatic fauna. The severity of the potential impacts on the values of the surrounding environment depend on a number of factors, including: • The nature of the affected soil (e.g. acid generating, sodic, saline or dispersive soils) • The period and frequency of disturbance and exposure • The buffering capacity of the receiving surface water bodies or the groundwater system. Potential erosion and sediment movement impacts within for the Project have been considered for: • Construction worksites • Onsite spoil management and removal • Surface works associated with track work and road network changes/upgrades, tunnel portal locations, ancillary surface works and structures, such as service relocation/installation • Construction of structures such as bridges, rail and pedestrian access structures. Within the context of the Project, impacts to the following soil landscapes identified as a result of surface works are: • Soils of the Beenleigh soil landscape are likely to be disturbed by surface works associated with the Albert Street Station worksite, this soil type typically comprised a disturbed surface/near surface layer incorporating fill material followed by a deep clay layer that contains fragments of siltstone and a mix of

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

fresh and decomposing organic material. Erosion hazard for this soil type is typically considered to be low. • Soils of the Brisbane River soil landscape are likely to be disturbed by surface works associated with the Albert Street Station worksites, this soil type was typically noted as containing a deep profile of silty clay with narrow bands of silty sand and a layer of gravelly clayey sand overlying meta siltstone. This soil type is susceptible to wind erosions and overall erosion hazard is moderate to high. • Soils of the Chermside soil landscape are likely to be disturbed by surface works associated with the Woolloongabba Station worksite and Boggo Road Station, the observations from bore logs indicate this soil type comprised a disturbed surface to near surface layer consisting of fill material which overlies a silty clay with small amounts of fine to medium grained sand. These soils types typically have a low to moderate erosion hazard. • Soils of the Toowong soil landscape are unlikely to be disturbed by surface works, as such no geotechnical investigations in this soil type have been undertaken. • Soils of the Woodridge soil landscape likely to be disturbed as a result of surface works associated with the Boggo Road Station, this soil type was typically noted as comprising a disturbed surface layer of fill material followed by a silty clay with some fine to medium grained sand. Residual soils at 1.4 m below ground level comprise sandy clay overlying medium to coarse sandstone with some conglomerate at 2.5 m below ground level. Erosion hazard for this soil type is typically considered to be moderate to high. The general impacts for erosion and sediment applies to all locations, with additional site-specific impacts identified in the subsections below. 10.1.1 Southern Portal and Boggo Road Construction activities with the potential to impact erosion and sediment include creation, storage and movement of spoil associated with southern portal dives and general construction activities. Areas of high erosion risk and slopes exceeding 10% gradient, have been identified in the vicinity of Dutton Park (Appendix A). Unmitigated impacts are possible to the surface soil and landform stability during surface works in this area, which may also increase the risk of impacts to surface water quality within the receiving environment of Brisbane River, as a result of sediment movement. 10.1.2 Woolloongabba, Albert Street and Roma Street Stations Sites within the central section of the Project that would be directly impacted by surface works include: • Demolition of existing buildings • Construction of the Roma Street Station, including pedestrian access to Roma Street, reconfiguration of vehicle access to Roma Street Parklands and pedestrian connections to the Roma Street Station concourse • Construction of the Albert Street Station, including the northern construction worksite at Mary Street, the southern construction worksite at Alice Street, pedestrian access beneath Alice Street, and associated surface road works • Construction of the Woolloongabba Station including the construction worksite, and associated surface road works

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

• Construction of the Boggo Road Station, including the station construction worksite and pedestrian connections with Park Road Station • Construction of bridges and ramps for pedestrian access. • Minimal vegetation clearing would be undertaken as part of the surface works due to most of the works occurring within tunnel and surface works being limited to underground station construction locations • Preparation of laydown, material storage, handling, preparation and spoil stockpile/treatment areas within the Albert Street Station and Woolloongabba Station worksites • Installation/construction of storm water/drainage control and sediment control measures including bunding for material storage areas within the Albert Street Station and Woolloongabba Station worksites • Construction of haul routes, carparks and vehicular access tracks for the Albert Street Station and Woolloongabba Station worksites • Installation of services for site offices and workshops within the Albert Street Station and Woolloongabba Station worksites • Construction activities for the underground station caverns and changes to the surface road network. Areas of higher erosion risk with slopes greater than 10% gradient, are likely to be intercepted at Woolloongabba (Appendix A). Certain works have an increased potential to mobilise surface soil and reduce landform stability during construction at these locations. There may also be an increased risk of impacts to surface water quality, within the receiving environment of the Brisbane River, resulting from sediment movement at such locations. 10.1.3 Northern Portal Sites within the northern section of the Project that would be directly impacted by surface works include: • Preparation of laydown, material storage, handling, preparation and spoil stockpile/treatment areas within the construction worksites • Installation/construction of storm water/drainage control and sediment control measures including bunding for material storage areas within the construction worksites • Construction of haul routes, carparks and vehicular access tracks for the construction worksites • Installation of services for site offices and workshops within the construction worksites • Construction activities for the northern portal • Formation works would be required in most track work locations, which includes bringing in and stockpiling material and ballast for placement during these works and would also include topsoil stripping with and adjacent to the surface work areas. Within the northern section of the Project soils within the Logan soil landscape are likely to be disturbed by surface works associated with the construction phase. There is also a risk of impacts to surface water quality within the receiving environment of Breakfast Creek due to sediment movement.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

10.2 Mitigation Measures Mitigation measures for erosion and sediment control have been developed in accordance with the Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (IECA Australasia 2008), Soil Erosion and Sediment Control – Engineering Guidelines for Queensland Construction Sites (Institute of Engineers Australia (Qld Division) 1996) and Draft Urban Stormwater – Queensland Best Practice Environmental Management Guidelines 2009 (DERM 2009a). Site specific mitigation measures are provided in Section 3.2.2 to Section 3.2.7. The erosion and sediment control strategies / plans took the following into consideration: • Seasonal conditions • Soil types, particularly dispersive, sodic and saline soils • Local hydrology affecting the worksite • Local drainage, including temporary and overland flow paths. Disturbing surface and shallow soils and sediments on steep slopes during construction present a potential risk to the soil values within the tunnelling works area. This is of particular concern for surface works that would be scheduled during the wet season (November to April). Specific soil management and erosion mitigation measures are required to be implemented to enable adequate sediment control for each of the sites within the tunnelling works area. This will be important at sites identified as having high erosion risk. These risks will be addressed by the progressive development of stage-specific ESCP’s for the site that has been identified as potentially at risk of accelerated erosion due to slopes, such as Woolloongabba and Dutton Park. The following advisory mitigation measures may be implemented to achieve the nominated environmental outcomes and performance criteria. Additional or different mitigation measures may be applied to achieve the environmental outcomes and performance criteria: • To inform detailed design and construction planning, soil sampling is occurring at worksites as part of further geotechnical investigations, to identify and characterise soils in areas of proposed surface works. The results from the investigations will be considered as progressive ESCP’s are developed, and construction advances. Characteristics of interest include confirmation of soil landscapes, soil depth, presence of fill and soil chemical properties. • Manage ESC’s in accordance with the guidelines for Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (International Erosion Control Association, 2008) and TMR’s Technical Standard MRTS52 Erosion and Sediment Control (ESCP p 4). 10.2.1 General To reduce the risk of erosion during construction, the following potential mitigation measures will be utilised where appropriate: • Where possible, avoid disturbance of vulnerable surface and subsurface soils • Minimise construction worksite clearing and the extent and duration of soil exposure • Install spoil enclosure sheds at construction worksites, where required, to maintain clean stormwater runoff and minimise disturbed surface areas

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

• Haul routes and construction vehicle access roads are to be paved in accordance with the requirements outlined in the Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP), Construction Worksite Management (CWMP) and Construction Traffic Management Plan (CTMP) • Identification of “no-go” zones to minimise the extent of unnecessary soil disturbance, including any disturbances outside the worksites • Divert clean waters around disturbed surfaces and spoil storage locations (ESCP p 5) • Monitor the effectiveness of installed control measures in accordance with Section 5 of this ESCP (OESCP p 5) • Any damaged erosion and sediment control measures will be repaired or replaced following rainfall events (OESCP p 5) • Sediment control devices with accumulated sediment volumes in excess of design capacity should be cleaned out to reinstate the settling and storage zone volumes • Stockpiles located away from drainage areas and flood-affected areas. Provide adequate bunding to prevent sediment run-off into waterways or stormwater drains (OESCP p 6). • Erosion and sediment control measures must be maintained in good working order, with any damaged or ineffective measures repaired or replaced following rainfall events or otherwise as required • Plan construction works to provide for progressive and timely stabilisation and rehabilitation of disturbed areas using stored topsoil where practicable • Undertake finishing and landscaping works for ongoing sediment and erosion control around the worksites following construction as per the Coordinator General’s conditions • Measures for the management of spoil, include: — Installation of spoil enclosure sheds — Managing the stripping and stockpiling of surface spoil material from surface works areas with regard to potential contamination — Spoil being taken offsite must be placed at an approved and suitably managed spoil disposal location — Refer to Haulage Management Plan (HMP) for haulage routes to licensed landfill facility (OESCP p 6). 10.2.2 Southern Portal The Southern Portal is expected to be within the Chermside soil landscape. This soil type is considered to be low to moderate risk for erosion, with erosion risk increasing with increasing slope. Mitigation measures would be implemented for the Project to control and reduce the risk of erosion due to construction activities. Erosion control measures would be based upon the objective of reducing the risk of erosion during construction by: • Managing the stripping and stockpiling of surface spoil material from surface works areas with regard to potential contamination at the worksites • Sediment traps will be excavated to collected overflow water with catch drains used to direct the water

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

• Managing the extent of soil disturbance and vegetation clearing as well as reducing the exposure of vulnerable soils and soils on steep slopes to accelerated erosion by wind and water action, particularly where site access works are required for the southern portal worksite • Implement ESCP stormwater management systems during construction to control the velocity of runoff from exposed areas and capture sediment entrained in runoff prior to release/discharge from worksites • Sediment fence to be installed on the downgradient side of the construction area and along internal drainways as a combined control encompassing any exposed areas of work. Sediment fencing will comply with the IECA Guideline. • Rock check dams to be installed along the alignment of the sediment fence in order to reduce the amount of sediment runoff • Vehicle entry and exit points, including the locations of construction grids and wash-down points have been detailed on the plans as required. Where necessary the location of entry/exit points and associated grids will be updated on subsequent PESCP’s. 10.2.3 Boggo Road The Boggo Road Station is expected to be within the Chermside soil landscape. This soil type is considered to be low to moderate risk for erosion. Mitigation measures would be implemented for the Project to control and reduce the risk of erosion due to construction activities. Erosion control measures would be based upon the objective of reducing the risk of erosion during construction by: • Managing the stripping and stockpiling of surface spoil material from surface works areas with regard to potential contamination at the worksites • Designing stormwater management systems during detailed design and implemented during construction to control velocity of runoff from exposed areas and capture sediment entrained in runoff prior to release/discharge from worksites • Vehicle entry and exit points, including the locations of construction grids and wash-down points have been detailed on the plans as required. Where necessary the location of entry/exit points and associated grids will be updated on subsequent PESCP’s. 10.2.4 Woolloongabba Station The Woolloongabba Station worksite is expected to be within the Chermside soil landscape. This soil type is considered to be low to moderate risk for erosion, depending on the steepness of the slope at the point of disturbance. Sediment control measures proposed for the Woolloongabba Station worksite would need to address the potential for contaminated sediment mobilised at the site. Mitigation measures would be implemented of the Project to control and reduce the risk of erosion due to construction activities. Erosion control measures would be based upon the objective of reducing the risk of erosion during construction by: • Reducing impacts from sediment and contaminants upon surface water through a spoil shed at the Woolloongabba Station worksite for the activities associated with spoil management, handling and removal from site

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

— Excavated material will be removed from site for disposal. The stockpile of materials and backfill materials will be maintained into encapsulated and removable waste skip/bins within the spoil shed. As a contingency the stockpile area with the spoil shed must have a sediment fence installed on the downgradient site to capture any runoff. Stockpile waste bins must not be located within 30m of any waterway and sediment fence must be placed 0.5m from the toe of the stockpile – stockpile material must not be touching the sediment fence at any time. • Managing the stripping and stockpiling of surface spoil material from surface works areas with regard to potential contamination at the Woolloongabba Station worksites • Implement stormwater management devices during construction to control velocity of runoff from exposed areas and capture sediment, entrained in runoff at the Woolloongabba Station worksite, prior to release/discharge from site in compliance with site stormwater discharge limits — Several methods of inlet sediment traps will be employed, including the use of sand bags/filter socks within overlap kerb, filter socks surrounding stormwater drain inlet and filter bags covering stormwater drains. • Sediment traps will be excavated to collect overflow water with catch drains used to direct the water • Designing stormwater management systems during detailed design and implemented during construction to control velocity of runoff from exposed areas and capture sediment entrained in runoff prior to release/discharge from worksites • Sediment fence to be installed on the downgradient side of the construction area and along internal drainways as a combined control encompassing any exposed areas of work. Sediment fencing will comply with the IECA Guideline. • Rock check dams to be installed along the alignment of the sediment fence in order to reduced the amount of sediment runoff • Vehicle entry and exit points, including the locations of construction grids and wash-down points have been detailed on the plans as required. Where necessary the location of entry/exit points and associated grids will be updated on subsequent PESCP’s. 10.2.5 Albert Street Station The southern construction worksite for the Albert Street Station is expected to be either in Beenleigh or Brisbane River soil landscapes. These soils are considered to be of a moderate to high erosion risk, depending on steepness of the slope at the point of disturbance. This site is relatively low-lying and does not have any steep slopes within or directly adjacent to the site, therefore, standard sediment control measures for the Albert Street Station worksites are proposed. Mitigation measures would be implemented for the Project to control and reduce the risk of erosion due to construction activities. Erosion control measures would be based upon the objective of reducing the risk of erosion during construction by: • Reducing impacts from sediment and contaminants upon surface water through a spoil shed at the Albert Street Station worksite for the activities associated with spoil management, handling and removal from site

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

— Excavated material will be removed from site for disposal. The stockpile of materials and backfill materials will be maintained into encapsulated and removable waste skip/bins within the spoil shed. As a contingency the stockpile area with the spoil shed must have a sediment fence installed on the downgradient site to capture any runoff. Stockpile waste bins must not be located within 30m of any waterway and sediment fence must be placed 0.5m from the toe of the stockpile – stockpile material must not be touching the sediment fence at any time. • Managing the stripping and stockpiling of surface spoil material from surface works areas with regard to potential contamination at the Albert Street Station worksites • Stormwater management devices will be designed during detailed design and implemented during construction to control velocity of runoff from exposed areas and capture sediment, entrained in runoff at the Albert Street Station worksite, prior to release/discharge from site in compliance with site stormwater discharge limits — Several methods of inlet sediment traps will be employed, including the use of sand bags/filter socks within overlap kerb, filter socks surrounding stormwater drain inlet and filter bags covering stormwater drains. • Sediment traps will be excavated to collected overflow water with catch drains used to direct the water • Sediment fence to be installed on the downgradient side of the construction area and along internal drainways as a combined control encompassing any exposed areas of work. Sediment fencing will comply with the IECA Guideline. • Rock check dams to be installed along the alignment of the sediment fence in order to reduce the amount of sediment runoff • Vehicle entry and exit points, including the locations of construction grids and wash-down points have been detailed on the plans as required. Where necessary the location of entry/exit points and associated grids will be updated on subsequent PESCP’s. 10.2.6 Roma Street Stations The Boggo Road Station is expected to be within the Chermside soil landscape. This soil type is considered to be low to moderate risk for erosion, depending on the steepness of the slope at the point of disturbance. Standard sediment control measures for construction worksites are proposed for the Boggo Road Station. Mitigation measures would be implemented for the Project to control and reduce the risk of erosion due to construction activities. Erosion control measures would be based upon the objective of reducing the risk of erosion during construction by: • Managing the stripping and stockpiling of surface spoil material from surface works areas with regard to potential contamination at Roma Street Station worksites • Stormwater management devices will be designed during detailed design and implemented during construction to control velocity of runoff from exposed areas and capture sediment, entrained in runoff at the Roma Street Station worksite, prior to release/discharge from site in compliance with site stormwater discharge limits

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

— Several methods of inlet sediment traps will be employed, including the use of sand bags/filter socks within overlap kerb, filter socks surrounding stormwater drain inlet and filter bags covering stormwater drains. • Sediment traps will be excavated to collected overflow water with catch drains used to direct the water • Sediment fence to be installed on the downgradient side of the construction area and along internal drainways as a combined control encompassing any exposed areas of work. Sediment fencing will comply with the IECA Guideline. • Rock check dams to be installed along the alignment of the sediment fence in order to reduced the amount of sediment runoff • Vehicle entry and exit points, including the locations of construction grids and wash-down points have been detailed on the plans as required. Where necessary the location of entry/exit points and associated grids will be updated on subsequent PESCP’s. 10.2.7 Northern Portal Between the Bowen Bridge Road overpass and the northern portal worksite the proposed alignment follows the ICB alignment closely and is likely to be located within the Logan soil landscape within a relatively flat, low- lying historical drainage line. The erosion risk associated with surface works within the worksite is anticipated to be low, but consideration of potential erosion and sediment movement risks associated with excavation and surface works for gaining access to the northern portal worksite will be required due to the steep slopes of the adjacent and surrounding area between the Bowen Bridge Road overpass and the northern portal worksite. Standard sediment control measures for construction worksites are proposed for surface works within this area. Mitigation measures would be implemented throughout various stages of the Project to control and reduce the risk of erosion due to construction activities. Erosion control measures would be based upon reducing the risk of erosion during construction by: • Managing the stripping and stockpiling of topsoil material from construction worksites and surface works areas and segregation of potentially contaminated material • Managing the extent of soil disturbance and vegetation clearing as well as reducing the exposure of vulnerable soils and soils on steep slopes to accelerated erosion by wind and water action, particularly where site access works are required for the northern portal worksite • Designing stormwater management systems during detailed design and implemented during construction to control velocity of runoff from exposed areas and capture sediment entrained in runoff prior to release/discharge from worksites within the northern section of the study corridor • Sediment fence to be installed on the downgradient side of the construction area and along internal drainways as a combined control encompassing any exposed areas of work. Sediment fencing will comply with the IECA Guideline. • Vehicle entry and exit points, including the locations of construction grids and wash-down points have been detailed on the plans as required. Where necessary the location of entry/exit points and associated grids will be updated on subsequent PESCP’s.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

10.2.8 Site Reinstatement The following site reinstatement procedures for all worksites involved in the tunnelling works, should be put in place after completion of works: • Restore, rehabilitate and where appropriate, enhance open space and public areas disturbed or damaged by construction, progressively and as soon as practicable following construction • No stockpiles of excavated material or topsoil should be left within the vicinity of the worksites, with any excess spoil material relocated to the nominated stockpile area and subject to the appropriate erosion and sediment control measures. • Where practicable, replacement of cleared mature trees with plantings of advanced individuals • Regrading of the surface to facilitate surface runoff without erosion, and to create a landform suitable for use consistent with City Plan designations • Reinstatement of paths, including the bicycle path, street or park furniture, signage equipment and lighting • Reinstatement of grassed areas and paved surfaces where practicable. Site reinstatement should be done in general accordance with relevant sub-plans including the CWMP and Social Amenity Management Plan (SAMP).

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

11 Compliance Management 11.1 Roles and Responsibilities The organisational responsibilities and accountabilities in relation to environmental management throughout Project construction works are outlined in the overarching CEMP. 11.2 Induction and Training 11.2.1 Environmental Induction All CBGU staff, subcontractors and visitors to worksites must attend general induction training that covers general environmental management requirements, site-wide controls and site-specific and work specific risks and mitigation measures. Further details regarding environmental induction requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 11.2.2 Environmental Training Details regarding environmental training requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 11.3 Communication Communication strategies including internal communication, external and Government Authority consultation, and stakeholder and community liaison must be undertaken in accordance with the CEMP and the Community and Stakeholder Engagement Plan (CSEP). 11.4 Incidents and Emergencies 11.4.1 Incident Notification The immediate response to all incidents is to make the area safe and undertake measures to prevent further environmental harm. The Environment and Sustainability Manager, Shared Services Director and Project Director should be notified immediately in the event of an environmental incident. Further details regarding Incident Notification, have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 11.4.2 Incident Types Incidents may include, but are not limited to: • Any breach of the legislation or an approval condition or the Co-ordinator General Conditions (NCE) • Unauthorised harm or desecration to Aboriginal objects or Aboriginal places • Unauthorised damage or destruction to any State or locally significant relic or Heritage item 11.4.3 Incident Prevention Management Incident Prevention management has been identified within the overarching CEMP 11.4.4 Incident Investigation The Incident Investigation process has been specified in the overarching CEMP.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

11.4.5 Complaint Management All complaints are to be dealt with in accordance with the complaints management procedure outlined in the CEMP.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

12 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting This section outlines the compliance processes that have been adopted by CBGU to ensure compliance with the Coordinator-General Conditions and any other legislative requirements. The section below details specific requirements relating to Inspections, monitoring, auditing requirements have not been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 12.1 Environmental Monitoring 12.1.1 Performance Monitoring Monitoring will be undertaken at various sensitive receptors to validate the impacts predicted for the Project to measure the effectiveness of environmental controls and implementation of this ESCPO. The monitoring also helps in addressing any potential Community Complaints that may be made. The monitoring requirements for ESC are outlined below: • As part of routine daily site inspections, conduct visual assessment of erosion and sediment control measures to verify their condition and effectiveness and identify the need for maintenance, including material being tracked onto the road network. Any maintenance works required to rectify defects are to be undertaken as soon as practicable after detection • Review ESCPs at least monthly or when there is a change in work activities at a particular site, and update as necessary to ensure the continued effectiveness of management measures • Immediately following a defined rainfall event (45mm in 6 Hours), inspect and conduct necessary maintenance on all erosion and sediment control measures, including bunding and water treatment facilities, and inspect drainage discharge points from each worksite for evidence of sediment transport, if any • During the post-construction maintenance phase, conduct monthly visual inspections of surface soil stabilisation measures and undertaken rectification measures as required, to ensure successful establishment • Regular surface water monitoring, as specified within the Water Quality Monitoring Plan (WQMoP), will be undertaken at predetermined locations as detailed in the Dewatering and Discharge Procedure. This data will also be used to validate the effectiveness of the ESC measures implemented for the Project. 12.1.2 Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with the CEMP, compliance with Environmental Design Requirements, and other relevant permits, approvals, and guidelines. There will be a monthly internal audit undertaken by CBGU as per the CEMP, who is to report findings to the Environmental Monitor and the Authority. This includes reporting on compliance with the CEMP and the Imposed Conditions.

Audits will be undertaken in accordance with the overarching CEMP.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

12.1.3 Corrective Action Corrective actions must be undertaken where monitoring or validated complaints indicate the environmental outcomes or Imposed Conditions are not achieved in relation to particular works, either because the performance criteria have not been met, or mitigation measures have not been implemented. Where corrective actions become necessary, the specific works that do not achieve the environmental outcomes or meet the Imposed Conditions must cease until the corrective actions have been developed and implemented. The process for developing and implementing Correction Actions has been specified within the overarching CEMP. 12.2 Reporting 12.2.1 Monthly Reporting To ensure compliance with Coordinator-General Condition 6, CBGU will prepare and submit a monthly report within 6 weeks from the end of the month to the Delivery Authority The specific requirements of the Monthly Report have been identified in the CEMP. 12.2.2 Incidents and Non-Compliance Event Reporting Environmental incidents meeting the criteria of an NCE shall be notified verbally as soon as practical and in writing within 48 hours of becoming aware of an incident occurring to the Development Authority. Notification will generally be undertaken by the Environment and Sustainability Manager or a member of the CBGU environment team. Additional notification of the incident to the relevant authorities, EM and parent companies will also be undertaken as required. Further details regarding reporting, including provision of interim and detail reports have been provided in the CEMP. 12.3 Documentation and Communication 12.3.1 Environmental Records The process for managing and collecting environmental records is detailed in the overarching CEMP. All relevant records in relation to water quality must be maintained in accordance with these requirements. 12.3.2 Document Control Document control requirements have been specifically addressed within the overarching CEMP. 12.3.3 Review In accordance with the General Requirements of the CEMP this ESCPO must also be updated and revised on the basis of: • Detailed designs for Erosion and Sediment Control Plans by the Contractor • Detailed construction planning • Meteorological data relevant to each worksite.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Revisions shall be reviewed and approved prior to issue. Updates to this ESCPO are numbered consecutively and issued to holders of controlled copies Revisions to this ESCPO may also be required during the Project to reflect changing circumstances or identified deficiencies. Revisions may result from: • Management Review • Audit (either internal or by external parties) • Complaints or non-conformance reports • Changes to the Company’s standard system. 12.3.4 Communication All internal and external communication with all stakeholders including the public, Coordinator-General, government agencies and the Delivery Authority must be done in accordance with the requirements of the CEMP.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

13 Severe Weather

The controls indicated in this plan have been designed in accordance with criteria specified in MRTS52 and IECA (2008) document. These specifications have been adopted based on the project duration and sensitivity of the receiving environment/community, with consideration given to the constraints of the project locality (i.e. low-lying areas with flood susceptibility) and practical implementation of best practice ESC. The controls, and any other sediment, drainage or erosion control installed on site may fail in rain events greater than those specified.

To reduce the impacts arising from a greater than design event, or other severe weather, a brief risk assessment has been completed. Table 18 Severe Weather Risk Assessment Likeliho Hazard Impact Control od Type 2 or Medium Releases turbid Undertake monitoring and investigation per Type 3 to high water to the requirements of MRTS51 and this ESCPO. Notify sediment environment the regulatory authority if release warrants. controls fail Remove deposited sediment from within and downslope of work area (without causing further disturbance) and reinstate control measures. Review measures and consider if changes required to meet the intent of this ESCPO and demonstrate all reasonable measures have been undertaken to prevent the release Temporary Medium Clean and dirty Stabilise drainage bunds in accordance with the drainage fails water combine, specification. Inspect and maintain bunds regularly. releases turbid water to the environment. Surface Low to Surfaces will be Temporary or permanent surface treatments to be treatment does medium exposed and installed per specifications. Where flow velocities not effectively subject to may exceed the maximum allowable install stabilise surfaces ongoing erosion. additional measures to either reduce flow velocity or secure treatment (i.e. pinning of turf). Rock treatments to be recessed and suitably installed to limit displacement. Stabilisation by placement of temporary erosion control or permanent landscaping to be progressively undertaken to allow greater establishment. Appropriate QA/QC of treatment application must be undertaken (even including temporary binder or hydromulching). Monitor surfaces and flow paths for signs of failure. If flow velocities appear to exceed surface treatments, consider installation of temporary velocity controls to reduce shearing effects whilst vegetation establishes and/or consider alternative treatments.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Likeliho Hazard Impact Control od Dust generation Low to Release to the Increase dust suppression during high winds. high environment and Reduce traffic and machinery movement. Stabilise surrounding users exposed areas.

It should be noted that the most effective control measure in the event of severe weather is to secure and stabilise as much exposed area as possible. This can also be achieved by scheduling high risk activities (such as stripping, or drainage work) to low risk periods of time (with limited rain forecast). Prior to forecasted severe weather (or any rainfall) all efforts should be made to secure the work area by temporary or permanent means. 13.1 RESPONSE TO SIGNIFICANT WEATHER Following significant weather, the CBGU will conduct a site wide inspection of erosion, sediment and drainage controls and implement the following response strategy:

1. Identify maintenance items, including; a. damaged or scoured drains b. ripped or broken liners and erosion controls c. excessive sediment deposition (whether on-site or off-site) d. construction materials, litter or sediment placed, deposited, washed or blown from the site, including deposition by vehicular movements e. water levels and sediment captured in sediment controls 2. Schedule corrective actions by order of priority, noting that the safety of project personnel and the public shall always take precedence 3. Dewater sediment controls and work areas in accordance with the nominated discharge criteria. 4. Carry out water quality monitoring in accordance with MRTS51, MRTS51.1, MRTS52, MRTS52.1 and MRTS16 as detailed in the CEMP. 5. Track closed out and outstanding items in a corrective action register 6. Present the corrective action register with water quality monitoring results as part of project records 7. Amend erosion and sediment control plans if necessary to account for any changes that may be required. A severe weather management plan (SWMP) may be developed for the project, identifying additional response measures to significant rainfall. Note that the SWMP is typically prepared to provide guidance in terms of insurance claims following severe weather. The SWMP would present measures relevant to erosion and sediment control only and would not be specific to protection of permanent infrastructure, plant or safety of personnel.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Appendix A Slope Figures

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Overarching)

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

Compliance Matrix

Table 1 Compliance matrix

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED IN SECTION REFERENCE Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 2

The proponent should consider the findings from the Coal Workers’ Section 3.2.1 Pneumoconiosis Select Committee final report, Black Lung White Lies – Inquiry Recommend into the re-identification of Coal Workers’ Pneumoconiosis in Queensland. ation 3. Implement relevant recommendations regarding the potential impacts from silica Silicosis to underground workers involved in tunnelling construction (silicosis) and include in:

(a) The Hazard and Risk sub-plan

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

Details of Revision Amendments Document Control The CBGU Project Director is responsible for ensuring that this Plan is reviewed and approved. The Project Environment & Sustainability Manager is responsible for updating this Plan to reflect changes to the Project, legal and other requirements, as required. Amendments Any revisions or amendments must be approved by the CBGU Project Director before being distributed / implemented. Distribution and Authorisation The CBGU Project Director is responsible for the distribution of this Plan. The controlled master version of this document is available for distribution as appropriate and maintained on TeamBinder. All circulated hard copies of this document are deemed to be uncontrolled. The implementation of this Plan is under the authority of CBGU Delegated Authority Matrix. All personnel employed on the Project will perform their duties in accordance with the requirements of this Plan, supporting management plans, and related procedures.

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

Table of Contents 1 Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Purpose ...... 1 1.2 Objectives ...... 1 1.3 Legislative Framework ...... 1 1.3.1 Commonwealth Legislation ...... 1 1.3.2 State Legislation ...... 1 1.3.3 Approvals, Permits and Licences ...... 2 1.3.4 Guidelines and Standards ...... 2 2 Required Outcomes ...... 4 2.1 Coordinator-General Conditions ...... 4 2.2 Environmental Outcomes ...... 4 2.3 Performance Criteria ...... 4 3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...... 5 3.1 Impacts ...... 5 3.2 Mitigation ...... 5 3.2.1 General Mitigation Measures...... 5 4 Compliance Management ...... 7 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ...... 7 4.2 Induction and Training ...... 7 4.3 Communication ...... 7 4.4 Incidents and Emergencies ...... 7 4.5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting ...... 7 4.5.1 Environmental Inspections ...... 7 4.5.2 Environmental Monitoring ...... 8 4.5.3 Environmental Auditing ...... 8 4.5.4 Environmental Reporting ...... 8 4.5.5 Incidents and Non-Compliance Event Reporting ...... 8 4.6 Document Reporting ...... 9

Table of Tables Table 1 Compliance matrix...... i Table 2 Referenced Documents ...... iv Table 3 Terms...... v

iii

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

Referenced Documents The following provides a list of referenced documents either as a sub-plan to this plan or referenced from. Table 2 Referenced Documents

Document Number Document Name Location of Controlled Version Referenced Project Plans include: CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000015 Asbestos Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-MPL-CBGU-000019 Construction Environmental Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-TM-MPL-CBGU-000012 Construction Traffic Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-CS-MPL-CBGU-000036 Construction Worksite Management Plan TeamBinder Hazardous Materials and Dangerous Goods Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-SH-MPL-CBGU-000003 OHS Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-CU-MPL-CBGU-000018 Communications and Stakeholder Engagement Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000026 Waste Resource Recovery Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-RM-MPL-CBGU-000007 Risk & Opportunity Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-SH-MPL-CBGU-000017 Emergency Response and Incident Management Plan TeamBinder Onboarding Guideline (Health and Safety) TeamBinder CPB Safety Essentials Booklet TeamBinder

Note: this Management Plan may not contain the current version of the documents listed above. Refer to the ‘location of controlled version’ for the most current version.

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

Glossary of Terms Table 3 Terms

Term Meaning AMP Asbestos Management Plan AQMP Air Quality Management Plan BCC Brisbane City Council CBGU D&C Contractor comprising a joint venture with CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd CMS CPB Management System CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan CRRDA Cross River Rail Delivery Authority acting on behalf of the State CRR TSD (the Project) Cross River Rail - Tunnels, Stations and Development (TSD) Project CSEP Community and Stakeholder Engagement Plan CTMP Construction Traffic Management Plan DTMR Department of Transport and Main Roads (QLD) ERP Emergency Response Plan FM Facilities Manager GIS Geographic Information System HGMP Hazardous Goods Management Plan HRMP Hazard and Risk Management Plan ISA Independent Safety Assessor NVMP Noise and Vibration Management Plan O&M Operations and maintenance OEMP Outline Environmental Management Plan OHHP Occupational Health and Hygiene Plan PIC Project Independent Certifier PSTR Project Scope and Technical Requirements QAS Queensland Ambulance Services QOHA Qualitative Occupational Hygiene Assessment QR Queensland Rail RIS (or RIS Alliance) Cross River Rail – Rail Integration and Systems Project Alliance Risk matrix A table used in the evaluation of risk severity that has likelihood and consequence as its axes with numbers and ratings applicable to each likelihood/consequence combination. For use in risk evaluation and Safety in Design reviews. Risk register A database containing Project risks, assessments, treatments and responsibilities ROMP Risk and Opportunity Management Plan

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

Term Meaning SPMP Spoil Placement Management Plan Subcontractor Any company, body or person who is contracted to CBGU for the purpose of supplying plant and/or services TeamBinder Proprietary software used as part of the Project wide Electronic Document Management System the Project (or CRR TSD) Cross River Rail - Tunnels, Stations and Development (TSD) Project WBS Work Breakdown Structure - the hierarchical breakdown of a project into manageable portions of work, used to drive program, cost, work documentation and organisational structure WHSMP Workplace Health and Safety Management Plan

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

1 Introduction 1.1 Purpose The Design and Construction Joint Venture comprising of CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd (CBGU D&C JV or CBGU) is responsible for delivering the Cross River Rail (CRR) Project (the Project) on behalf of the Cross River Rail Delivery Authority (the Delivery Authority). This Hazard and Risk Management Plan should be read in conjunction with the Project’s overarching Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP). The CEMP provides specific details regarding the background of the Project, the scope of the Project and the staging and timing of key milestones associated with the construction of the Project. 1.2 Objectives The objectives of this Hazard and Risk Management Plan (HRMP) which is a sub-plan of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) are to: • Guide staff and subcontractors on hazardous materials management within the Project area and/or Project vicinity during construction • Appropriately manage specific construction activities that have the potential to cause contamination as a result of hazardous material use • Minimise risks to the environment, workers and to the public • Ensure that all hazardous materials stored onsite are handled in a responsible manner and in accordance with legislative requirements. 1.3 Legislative Framework 1.3.1 Commonwealth Legislation • Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. 1.3.2 State Legislation State legislation that is relevant to the Project and this HRMP includes:

• Building Act 1975 • City of Brisbane Act 2014

• Cross River Rail Delivery Authority Act 2016 • Dangerous Goods Safety Management Act 2001

• Economic Development Act 2012 • Environmental Protection Act 1994

• Environmental Protection (Air) Policy 2008 • Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008

• Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2008 • Explosives Act 1999

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

• Land Act 1994 • Local Government Act 2009

• Planning Act 2016 • Public Health Act 2005

• Queensland Heritage Act 1992 • Transport Infrastructure Act 1994

• Transport Planning and Coordination Act 1994 • Transport (Rail Safety) Act 2010

• Transport Security (Counter Terrorism) Act 2008 • Work Health and Safety Act 2011

• Building (Flammable and Combustible Liquids) • State Development and Public Works Organisation Regulation 1994 Act 1971

• Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act • Transport Operations (Road Use Management) 1994 Act 1995

1.3.3 Approvals, Permits and Licences CBGU will obtain licences, permits and approvals as required by law and maintain them as required throughout the delivery phase of the project. No condition of the Infrastructure Approval removes the obligation for CBGU to obtain, renew or comply with such necessary licences, permits or approvals. All relevant approvals, permits and licences have been identified in the CEMP. 1.3.4 Guidelines and Standards Guidelines and standards related to the management of noise and vibration, that must be met include, but are not limited to: • AS/NZS ISO 14001 Environmental management systems • AS/NZS ISO 31000 Risk Management – Principles and Guidelines • AS/NZA 3833:2007 The Storage and Handling of Mixed Classes of Dangerous Goods, in Packages and Intermediate Bulk Containers • Australian Explosives Code for the Transport of Explosives by Road and Rail (AEC3) • ISO/IEC 31010 Risk management – risk assessment techniques • AS4292 Rail Safety Management • Rail Safety National Law • Queensland Rail Limited’s Safety Management System including MD-11-1338 Standard – Risk • Management, MD-12-219 and Safety Change Management • AS 1216 Classification, Hazard identification and Information Systems for Dangerous Goods • AS 1678 Emergency Procedure Guides – Transport • AS 1940 Storage and Handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids • AS 3780 The Storage and Handling of Corrosive Substances

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

• AS 2809 Road Tank Vehicles for Dangerous Goods • AS 2931 Selection of Use of Emergency Procedure Guides for Transport of Dangerous Goods • AS 2187 Explosives – Storage, Transport and Use.

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

2 Required Outcomes 2.1 Coordinator-General Conditions The Imposed Conditions do not contain any specific Hazard and Risk requirements. However, in complying with the Imposed Conditions more broadly, the Project will aim to achieve the below recommendation within the Coordinator General’s Change Report and the nominated Hazard and Risk Objectives. 2.2 Environmental Outcomes The following environmental outcomes in relation to hazard and risk are to be achieved for the Project: • Construction activities are managed to mitigate the risks associated with inundation, construction failures or incidents, tunnel collapse, fire and life safety, hazardous chemicals, and traffic hazards. 2.3 Performance Criteria The following performance criteria must be achieved throughout construction of the Project: • A safe working environment is maintained for the construction workforce, near neighbours and passers- by, including pedestrians, cyclists and motorists • The Project hazard and risk register is maintained as a current and accurate central record of Project hazards and risk reduction/mitigation strategies that are adopted throughout construction

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures 3.1 Impacts The potential impacts associated with construction hazards and risks have been identified: • The need to evacuate the underground tunnel and stations in the event of an emergency during construction was assessed as having the highest risk level • Operating vehicles and equipment in a confined tunnel space • Storing and using dangerous goods • Transporting spoil • Working with electricity • Flooding or inundation • Air quality for tunnel workers • Changes of surface road and service. 3.2 Mitigation 3.2.1 General Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures shall be implemented to achieve the nominated environmental outcomes and performance criteria: • A Risk and Opportunity Management Plan (ROMP) has been developed that considers the potential risks associated with construction including, but not limited to: — risk minimisation and incident management — inundation of surface works — flood inundation of the underground works — tunnel collapse — fire and human safety — hazardous chemicals and dangerous goods — traffic hazards associated with construction traffic (Outline HRMP p.8). • Implement, review and maintain the Principal Project Risk Register (PPRR) as the current and central record of Project hazards and risk reduction/mitigation strategies that will be adopted throughout construction (from the Outline Construction Environmental Management Plan – Outline Hazards and Risk Management Plan (OHRMP) p.8). • A Hazardous Goods Management Plan (HGMP) outlines mitigation measures for storing and transporting hazardous chemicals and dangerous goods (from the Outline Construction Environmental Management Plan – Outline Waste Management Plan (OWMP) p.8).

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

• Implement risk mitigation strategies for the hazards identified for each Project aspect in the PPRR (OHRMP p.8). • An Emergency Response and Incident Management Plan (ERIMP) and management procedures have been prepared in consultation with Emergency Service Authorities. These shall provide training for staff in the appropriate use, handling, storage and transportation of dangerous goods and hazardous substances and ongoing monitoring of compliance of personnel with safety procedures and also include as a minimum: — responsibilities in the event of an incident — traffic management and control systems — evacuation routes in the event of an incident — education and training programme for the construction workforce on the procedures — procedures for conducting simulated emergency response exercise. This is to be conducted at least once within 12 months of the commencement of construction works (OHRMP p.8). • Access for emergency services vehicles to construction worksites and other work areas is provided and maintained at all times. Further details are provided in the Construction Traffic Management Plan (CTMP) (OHRMP p.8) • The HGMP provides hazard mitigation measures for the storage of flammable and combustible liquids that comply with AS 1940, any other relevant standards, and the WHS Act (OHRMP p.8) • The WHSMP outlines fire and life safety measures, including ventilation, smoke extraction and firefighting systems for enclosed spaces and enclosed work areas such as underground works areas, acoustic enclosures and sheds, for the duration of construction (OHRMP p.8) • Each site is fitted with a back-up generator if loss of power occurs • The Construction Management Plan (CMP) provide construction procedures that comply with the Rail Transport Operator’s standards for track isolation and protection of rail infrastructure (OHRMP p.8) • The Communications and Stakeholder Engagement Plan (CSEP) outlines measures to establish procedures for communication with the Rail Transport Operator about construction activities in or near to the rail corridor and potential hazards and risks (OHRMP p.8) • The CSEP outlines measures to establish a communication process with Emergency Service Authorities in relation to temporary road closures and disruptions and relocation of water mains that would affect hydrants near construction works (OHRMP p.8) • The CSEP outlines measures to establish procedures for communication with BCC and TMR about potential hazards and risks associated with construction activities in or near to state and local roads, and busways (OHRMP p.8) • A Qualitative Occupational Hygiene Assessment (QOHA) will be undertaken to inform the Occupational Health and Hygiene Plan (OHHP).

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

4 Compliance Management 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities The Contractor’s organisational structure and overall roles and responsibilities are to be in accordance with those outlined in the CEMP, as agreed with the Authority. Specific responsibilities for the implementation of the environmental controls are to be detailed in the CEMP. 4.2 Induction and Training To assist with fulfilling the legislative duties and obligations, a training plan has been developed that identifies the requirements for each role within the Project and includes environmental and cultural heritage awareness training. All staff, sub-contractors and visitors to construction worksites must attend induction training that covers off the site wide controls as well as site-specific and work-specific risks and mitigation measures. The minimum contents of the inductions are outlined in the CEMP. The site induction should also include general duties under contractual requirements, measures established in the CEMP, this HRMP and the WHSMP. A training register will be maintained by CBGU to record training attendance and currency of training for each staff, contractor and visitor. 4.3 Communication All internal and external communication with all stakeholders including the public, Coordinator-General, government agencies and the Delivery Authority must be done in accordance with the requirements of the overarching CEMP. 4.4 Incidents and Emergencies All incidents and emergencies are to be managed according to the process as outlined in the CEMP and detailed in the Emergency Response Plan (ERP) and WHSMP. Incidents that may occur during the Project include a non-conformance with this plan or an approval or permit condition, a complaint from stakeholders of an environmental nature, or an incident involving material or serious environmental harms. All Project and subcontractor personnel will report all environmental incidents and near misses to their supervisor and notify the Authority’s Environmental Team. The incident or near miss will be recorded using processes outlined in the CEMP. 4.5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting 4.5.1 Environmental Inspections The Contractor will undertake environmental inspections to develop and evaluate the effectiveness of environmental controls.

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

If any maintenance and/or deficiencies in environmental controls or in the standard of environmental performance is observed, they will be recorded on the Project’s Environmental Checklist, contained within the CEMP. A register of all corrective actions including due date, closed out date, item description and responsible person will be recorded in such a way as to be able to be generated into a register when required. Inspections are to be undertaken as nominated in the CEMP. 4.5.2 Environmental Monitoring Monitoring will be undertaken at various locations to validate the impacts predicted for the Project to measure the effectiveness of environmental controls and implementation of this HRMP. The monitoring also helps in addressing any potential Community Complaints that may be made. The monitoring requirements specifically related to hazard and risk are outlined below: • Routine worksite safety inspections and hazard and risk assessments are to be carried out each month during construction • Within 12 months of the commencement of construction works, a simulated emergency response exercise is to be conducted in conjunction with the above-mentioned Emergency Services, on at least one occasion (OHRMP p.11). 4.5.3 Environmental Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with the CEMP, compliance with Environmental Design Requirements, and other relevant permits, approvals, and guidelines. There will be a monthly internal audit undertaken by CBGU as per the CEMP, who is to report findings to the Environmental Monitor and the Authority. This includes reporting on compliance with the CEMP and the Imposed Conditions. Audits will be undertaken in accordance with the overarching CEMP. 4.5.4 Environmental Reporting To ensure compliance with Coordinator-General Condition 6, CBGU will prepare and submit a monthly report within 6 weeks from the end of the month. Reporting requirements associated with this HRMP are outlined below: • Ensure any incident is reported immediately on completion of the incident investigation and the Project hazard and risk register is updated as required. The specific requirements of the Monthly Report have been identified in the CEMP. 4.5.5 Incidents and Non-Compliance Event Reporting Environmental incidents meeting the criteria of an NCE shall be notified verbally as soon as practical and to the Coordinator-General in writing within 48 hours of becoming aware of an incident occurring. Notification will generally be undertaken by the Environment and Sustainability Manager or delegate. Additional notification of the incident to the relevant authorities, EM and parent companies will also be undertaken as required. Further details regarding reporting, including provision of interim and detail reports have been provided in the overarching CEMP.

Hazard and Risk Management Plan

4.6 Document Reporting The Contractor will coordinate the preparation, review and distribution as appropriate, of the environmental documents as detailed throughout the CEMP. The Project will implement a document control procedure to control the flow of documents within and between Contractor, Regulatory Agencies, the Authority, the Environmental Monitor and relevant stakeholders and subcontractors.

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

[Type here] i

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

Table of Contents 1 Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Background ...... 1 1.2 Context ...... 1 1.3 Objectives ...... 1 1.4 Legislative Framework ...... 2 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation ...... 2 1.4.2 State Legislation ...... 2 1.4.3 Approvals, Permits and Licences ...... 3 1.4.4 Guidelines and Standards ...... 3 2 Mitigation Measures ...... 4 3 Hazardous Waste Procedure ...... 6 3.1 Training ...... 6 3.2 Chemicals and hazardous substances procedure ...... 6 3.2.1 Plant wash-down areas...... 6 3.2.2 Incident management ...... 6 4 Concrete Management Procedure ...... 8 4.1 Training ...... 8 4.2 Concrete management procedure ...... 8 4.2.1 Concrete pumping ...... 8 4.2.2 Concrete wash-out areas...... 8 5 Refuelling Procedure ...... 10 5.1 Training ...... 10 5.2 Procedure for refuelling ...... 10 6 Compliance Management ...... 12 6.1 Roles and Responsibilities ...... 12 6.2 Induction and Training ...... 12 6.2.1 Environmental Induction ...... 12 6.2.2 Environmental Training ...... 12 6.3 Communication ...... 12 6.4 Incidents and Emergencies ...... 12 6.4.1 Incident Notification ...... 12 6.4.2 Incident Types ...... 12 6.4.3 Incident Prevention Management ...... 13 6.4.4 Incident Investigation ...... 13 6.4.5 Complaint Management ...... 13

[Type here] ii

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

7 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting ...... 14 7.1.1 Environmental Inspections ...... 14 7.1.2 Environmental Monitoring ...... 14 7.1.3 Environmental Auditing ...... 14 7.1.4 Corrective Actions ...... 14 7.1.5 Environmental Reporting ...... 15 7.1.6 Incidents and Non-Compliance Reporting ...... 15 7.1.7 Document Control ...... 15

[Type here] iii

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

Referenced Documents The following provides a list of referenced documents either as a sub-plan to this plan or referenced from. Table 1 Referenced Documents

Document Number Document Name Location of Controlled Version Referenced Project Plans include: CRRTSD-EN-MPL-CBGU-000019 Construction Environment Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-00002 Waste Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-CS-MPL-CBGU-000036 Construction Worksite Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000026 Waste Resource Recovery Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-0000010 Contaminated Land Management Plan TeamBinder

Note: this Management Plan may not contain the current version of the document listed above. Refer to the ‘location of controlled version’ for the most current version.

[Type here] iv

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

Glossary of Terms Table 2 Terms

Acronym Definition

All Staff Means all employees, Proponents and sub-contractors involved in the Project Works D&C Contractor comprising a joint venture with CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International CBGU Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd CEMP The Project’s Construction Environmental Management Plan CG Coordinator-General

CGCR Coordinator-General’s Change Report CGER Coordinator-General’s Evaluation Report CMS CPB Management System COEMP The Project’s Commissioning Environmental Management Plan

CRR TSD (the Cross River Rail - Tunnels, Stations and Development (TSD) Project Project) CSEP Community and Stakeholder Engagement Plan DES Department of Environment and Science Environmental Management Plan (refers to the OEMP, CEMP, COEMP including any Project sub- EMP plans) Environmental The Environmental Monitor engaged in accordance with Imposed Condition 7 Monitor OEMP Outline Environment Management Plan A table used in the evaluation of risk severity that has likelihood and consequence as its axes with Risk matrix numbers and ratings applicable to each likelihood/consequence combination. For use in risk evaluation and Safety in Design reviews. Risk register A database containing Project risks, assessments, treatments and responsibilities Any company, body or person who is contracted to CBGU for the purpose of supplying plant Subcontractor and/or services TeamBinder Proprietary software used as part of the Project wide Electronic Document Management System the Project (or Cross River Rail - Tunnels, Stations and Development (TSD) Project CRR TSD)

[Type here] v

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

1 Introduction 1.1 Background The Design and Construction Joint Venture comprising of CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd (CBGU D&C JV or CBGU) is responsible for delivering the Cross River Rail (CRR) Project (the Project) on behalf of the Cross River Rail Delivery Authority (the Delivery Authority). This Hazardous Goods Management Plan should be read in conjunction with the Project’s overarching Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP). • The CEMP provides specific details regarding the background of the Project, the scope of the Project and the staging and timing of key milestones associated with the construction of the Project. 1.2 Context Hazardous Substances refer to any solid, liquid or gas that can cause harm to people or the environment and may include acidic or corrosive chemicals. Examples include diesel, oils, concrete curing agents and other chemicals. This Procedure applies to any activity involving the use of chemicals and hazardous substances, including: • Mixing and decanting of chemicals • Pumping of oil and grease collection pits • Deliveries of chemicals and hazardous substances • Application of liquid membranes • Removal and disposal of excess/waste chemicals and wash down water 1.3 Objectives The objectives of this Hazardous Goods Management Plan (HGMP) which is a relevant procedure required by the Waste Management Plan (WMP), Contaminated Land Management Plan (CLMP) and Hazard and Risk Management Plan (HRMP) are to: • Guide staff and subcontractors on hazardous materials management within the Project area and/or Project vicinity during construction • Provide protocols to appropriately manage specific construction activities that have the potential to cause contamination as a result of hazardous material use • Minimise risks to the environment, workers and to the public • Ensure that all hazardous materials stored onsite are handled in a responsible manner and in accordance with legislative requirements.

[Type here] 1

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

• To plan and execute the project work so as to minimise the possibility of pollution of the Site and adjoining areas by chemicals, and hazardous substances and to describe the minimum mandatory requirements for managing hazardous substances. • To detail the requirements for managing concrete wash-out, in order to minimise the potential of uncontrolled release of wash-out water and waste materials from site. • To manage refuelling onsite and at compound locations to minimise the potential for uncontrolled release of fuel. 1.4 Legislative Framework Delivery and implementation of the Project must comply with the environmental legislation, guidelines and standards specified in the CEMP (as updated to reflect any changes current at commencement of each Project phase) and any additional requirements specified in the conditions of approval. Specific legislation relevant to this HGMP is detailed below. 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation Commonwealth legislation that is likely to be relevant to the Project and this HGMP includes: • Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. 1.4.2 State Legislation State legislation that is relevant to the Project and this HRMP includes:

• Building Act 1975 • City of Brisbane Act 2014

• Cross River Rail Delivery Authority Act 2016 • Dangerous Goods Safety Management Act 2001

• Economic Development Act 2012 • Environmental Protection Act 1994

• Environmental Protection (Air) Policy 2008 • Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008

• Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2008 • Explosives Act 1999

• Land Act 1994 • Local Government Act 2009

• Planning Act 2016 • Public Health Act 2005

• Queensland Heritage Act 1992 • Transport Infrastructure Act 1994

• Transport Planning and Coordination Act 1994 • Transport (Rail Safety) Act 2010

• Transport Security (Counter Terrorism) Act 2008 • Work Health and Safety Act 2011

• Building (Flammable and Combustible Liquids) • State Development and Public Works Organisation Regulation 1994 Act 1971

[Type here] 2

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

• Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act • Transport Operations (Road Use Management) 1994 Act 1995

1.4.3 Approvals, Permits and Licences CBGU will obtain licences, permits and approvals as required by law and maintain them as required throughout the delivery phase of the project. No condition of the Infrastructure Approval removes the obligation for CBGU to obtain, renew or comply with such necessary licences, permits or approvals. All relevant approvals, permits and licences have been identified in the CEMP. 1.4.4 Guidelines and Standards Project works must be undertaken in accordance with specific guidelines and standards. Guidelines and standards related to the management of noise and vibration, that must be met include, but are not limited to: • AS/NZS ISO 14001 Environmental management systems • AS/NZS ISO 31000 Risk Management – Principles and Guidelines • AS/NZA 3833:2007 The Storage and Handling of Mixed Classes of Dangerous Goods, in Packages and Intermediate Bulk Containers • Australian Explosives Code for the Transport of Explosives by Road and Rail (AEC3) • ISO/IEC 31010 Risk management – risk assessment techniques • AS4292 Rail Safety Management • Rail Safety National Law • Queensland Rail Limited’s Safety Management System including MD-11-1338 Standard – Risk • Management, MD-12-219 and Safety Change Management • AS 1216 Class Labels for Dangerous Goods • AS 1678 Emergency Procedure Guides – Transport • AS 1940 Storage and Handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids • AS 3780 The Storage and Handling of Corrosive Substances • AS 2809 Road Tank Vehicles for Dangerous Goods • AS 2931 Selection of Use of Emergency Procedure Guides for Transport of Dangerous Goods • AS 2187 Explosives – Storage, Transport and Use. • Code of Practice for Labelling of Workplace Hazardous Chemicals

[Type here] 3

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

2 Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures should be implemented to achieve the nominated environmental outcomes and performance criteria. Relevant approvals and mitigation measures which are required to undertake the task will be compiled in site specific documents. • Undertake the storage and transport of any hazardous materials or dangerous goods (including fuel and hazardous waste) in accordance with relevant Australian standards, legislative requirements and guidelines • Hazardous materials and potential sources of hazardous wastes must be documented, and a register of hazardous and regulated waste updated and maintained as required. The register is required to be updated for each new hazardous material introduced on site. A hazardous materials register will be developed for each worksite and is to include (Outline CLMP – OCLMP p 147): — storage location — storage requirements — information on the proper use — handling information — disposal procedures. • A register of Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all materials and chemicals included in the hazardous materials register are to be stored and maintained with the relevant materials (OCLMP p 148). • Safety Data Sheets (SDS) must be kept on site for all hazardous materials and dangerous goods • Undertake refuelling and maintenance activities within designated bunded areas to minimise the potential for soil and water contamination from these activities • Prepare and implement, if required, spill response measures in relation to hazardous materials and dangerous goods. Refer to Occupational Health & Safety Management (OHSMP). • Comply with the Energy Networks Association Industry Guideline in the removal and disposal of sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) filled electrical equipment (OWMP p 8-9). • All chemical and fuel storage areas are to be designed to comply with Australian Standards, including Australian Standard (AS) AS 1940: Storage and Handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids 2004 and AS 3780: The Storage and Handling of Corrosive Substances 2008 (OCLMP p 148). • Hazardous substances and dangerous goods will be labelled in accordance with the Code of Practice for Labelling of Workplace Hazardous Chemicals and AS 1216 Class Labels for Dangerous Goods, respectively. The labels may include the following information: — Product identified and chemical ingredients — Name, address and business telephone number (manufacture of importer) — Pictograms — Statement — First aid and emergency procedures

[Type here] 4

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

— Expiry date. • The WHSMP provides details on incident management including procedures for containing and cleaning- up accidental spillage of fuels and other hazardous materials (OCLMP p 148). • Spill response equipment commensurate of the type and quantity of hazardous substances being stored is provided at appropriate locations on site, in close proximity to storage and handling areas (OCLMP p 148). • Clean-up and remediation of spills and leaks as quickly as possible and in accordance with the Spill Management Procedure (OCLMP p 148). • Undertake refuelling and maintenance activities in appropriately located designated bunded areas to avoid the potential for soil and water contamination. The location of refuelling and maintenance activities have been identified on the General Construction Site Plans for each Site (OCLMP p 148). • Undertake regular inspections of tanks, bunds and storage areas to ensure the integrity of all facilities (OCLMP p 148).

[Type here] 5

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

3 Hazardous Waste Procedure 3.1 Training • All personnel are to undertake project inductions identifying their environmental and compliance obligations under the Governor General Change Report Conditions of Approval for the Cross River Rail. Refer to Onboarding Guideline (Health and Safety). • Obligations and responsibilities relevant to the management of chemicals and hazardous substances will also be included in daily pre-start or activity-specific pre-start briefings, toolbox talks or targeted environmental training as appropriate • All personnel must be trained in the appropriate handling and storage requirements for chemicals and hazardous substances • Training in the use of spill kits must be provided to all personnel. 3.2 Chemicals and hazardous substances procedure The flowchart below sets out the key steps for the design, establishment and operation of chemical storage areas. Refer to the Workplace Health and Safety Management Plan (WHSMP) for the relevant safety requirements. 3.2.1 Plant wash-down areas • Washing of plant and equipment is to be conducted in an appropriately bunded and impermeable area with appropriate collection and treatment systems. • Contents of wash-down areas are to be routinely pumped out and disposed of in accordance with the Waste Resource Recovery Management Plan (WRRMP). 3.2.2 Incident management • Incidents are managed in accordance with the CEMP.

[Type here] 6

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

Assess the risk Legend As part of the risk assessment for a workplace assess the risks associated Responsibilities with activities or services that use chemicals (via ChemAlert or alternative). PM – Project Manager SS – Site Supervisor Consider injury / damage as a result of fire or explosion, contamination of land and water, inappropriate disposal of used chemicals, inappropriate SM – Safety Manager storage (including segregation of incompatible hazardous and dangerous EM – Environment and goods) and failure to notify authorites of storage (as required) Sustainability Manager EA – Environmental Adviser

Acronyms SEPs – Site Environmental Plans EPA – Environment Protection Authority Incorporate safeguards at facilitites SDS – Safety Data Sheet Storage areas and facilities are to be managed in accordance with the relevant Australian Standards. All chemicals must be stored only in approved areas, with suitable bunding, appropriate signage, and other controls adequate for the type and size of storage (including segregation of incompatible hazardous and dangerous goods). Storage areas must be located at least 50m from a waterway. The locations of storage areas will be on SEPs. SDSs must be provided to the EA prior to bringing all chemicals onsite. Mobile storage pallets shall be used appropriately in the field and at the point of use to minimise the risk of spillage during use of the chemical

Manage chemicals All chemicals onsite will be stored on or within a bunded structure (including segregation of incompatible hazardous and dangerous goods) . Bunding will be in accordance with all relevant Australian Standards. Bunds will have a minimum volume requirement of 110% of the volume of the largest single stored volume within the bund. Ensure that dewatering valves are closed and locked unless in use.

Prepare for emergencies General purpose fire extinguishers and fire extinguishers suitable for control of oil/fuel fires will be available at all times. Spill kits must be located adjacent to all chemical/hazardous substance storage areas, in refuelling and maintenance areas and at designated locations as per the SEP. Type and size of spill kits must be selected based on the type and volume of materials stored. Aquatic spill kits shall be available at worksites in close proximity to waterways.

Maintain records and controls Regularly maintain valves, pipes and bund walls to ensure optimal operation. After rainfall, all bunds are to be emptied as soon as possible to maintain full capacity. Water is to be visually inspected and where required tested prior to discharge or disposal. Ensure spill kits are adeuqately stocked at all times.

[Type here] 7

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

4 Concrete Management Procedure 4.1 Training • All personnel are to undertake Project inductions identifying their environmental and compliance obligations under the Minister’s Conditions of Approval for the Cross River Rail Project. • Obligations and responsibilities relevant to concrete management will also be included in daily pre-start or activity-specific pre-start briefings, toolbox talks or targeted environmental training as appropriate. • All personnel, and in particular concrete delivery and pumping personnel, must be made aware via site induction and toolbox talks that a wash-out area is available on site and when and how it is to be used. • Specific training on the appropriate use of the various spill kit materials will be undertaken periodically. 4.2 Concrete management procedure • This procedure is to be read in conjunction with the SMP • Any storage and handling of chemicals associated with concrete pouring activities (e.g. concrete curing agents) must be in accordance with the CHSP. 4.2.1 Concrete pumping • Concrete pours and curing activities must be planned to avoid wet weather. • Safety Data Sheets (SDS) must accompany all chemicals used on site. 4.2.2 Concrete wash-out areas • Wash-out of plant and equipment must only be conducted in a designated wash-out area. • Wash-out areas must be located away from drainage lines, stormwater drains and water bodies. • All wash-out areas must be maintained to securely capture and store concrete waste water and solids in an impervious bunded area. • Excess concrete waste should be returned to the batching plant for treatment and reuse as a first priority or be disposed of appropriately, in accordance with the WMP. • Water discharge must be in accordance with the Dewatering and Discharge Procedure. • Spill kits must be readily available and near to equipment wash-out areas and all designated locations as per the relevant Construction Worksite Management Plan (CWMP).

[Type here] 8

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

Legend Responsibilities PM – Project Manager SS – Site Supervisor SM – Safety Manager EM – Environment and Requirement for concrete pumping Sustainability Manager EA – Environmental Adviser

Ensure appropriate environmental controls Where there is a possibility of concrete entering a waterway or the stormwater system, ensure appropriate bunding or spill containment material is installed Ensure appropriate spill kits are available (refer to Spill Procedure)

All concrete spillages to be cleaned up immediately

Management of washout area All materials and equipment are to be washed down in approved washout areas as shown on CWMP. Scrape excess concrete off equipment prior to wash down to minimise excess waste water Place excess concrete into a site receptacle designated for concrete and masonry, that allows setting. The wash-down area should be used only for small volumes of wash-down water and is not to be used as a disposal point

Report any incidents and spills to the HSE Manager and EA as soon as possible

Disposal and reuse of waste materials As a priority reuse waste concrete on site where possible. Dispose of any excess waste concrete to an approved and licensed facility. Record quantities of waste reused or removed from site.

[Type here] 9

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

5 Refuelling Procedure 5.1 Training • All personnel are to undertake Project inductions identifying their environmental and compliance obligations under the Minister’s Conditions of Approval for the Cross River Rail Project. • Obligations and responsibilities relevant to the management of refuelling will also be included in daily pre-start or activity-specific pre-start briefings, toolbox talks or targeted environmental training as appropriate. • All personnel must be trained in the appropriate environmental controls for refuelling. • Specific training on the appropriate use of the various spill kit materials will be undertaken periodically. 5.2 Procedure for refuelling • This procedure is to be read in conjunction with the CHSP and the SMP. • Any storage of fuels must be in accordance with the CHSP and SDS. • All refuelling controls to be implemented onsite are detailed in the CWMP and associated Precinct Construction Management Plan. • Refuelling must not occur within 30m of a waterway or adjacent to any drains (without appropriate controls in place). • Spill kits must be located near to all chemical/hazardous substance storage areas, in refuelling and maintenance areas and at designated locations as per the CWMP. • Type and size of spill kits must be selected based on the type and volume of materials stored. • All fuel storage vehicles are to be equipped with a spill kit. • Where refuelling from a mobile fuel truck, only the driver of the fuel truck is to operate the fuel pump. At the completion of refuelling, ensure the pump is switched off and nozzle is securely in the cradle. • Safety Data Sheets (SDS) must be available on site. • General purpose fire extinguishers and fire extinguishers suitable for control of oil/fuel fires must be available at all times. • The refuelling operations shall be supervised at all times. • After refuelling the truck driver shall inspect the area and clean up any spills.

[Type here] 10

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

Legend Choose appropriate location Responsibilities Refuelling to be undertaken at Fuel Depot as first PM – Project Manager preference SS – Site Supervisor For mobile refuelling [SS]: SM – Safety Manager • Refuelling must occur more than 30 m EM – Environment and Sustainability from the nearest waterway or have an Manager appropriate level of control EA – Environmental Adviser • Area must be well ventilated

Establish environmental controls For all refuelling activities [SS]: • Inspect all hoses and pumps for leaks, breakages, etc • Take care when coupling and uncoupling hoses to minimise loss of liquid • Where possible, utilise drip trays/spill pads under refuelling points/hoses/valves For portable refuelling activities [SS]: • Appropriate bunding (minimum bund volume of 110% of the volume of the largest single stored volume within the bund) or other containment to be established prior to fuel being delivered • Spill kit to be available and stocked • Fire extinguisher to be readily available • Be familiar with fuel SDS prior to refuelling

Ensure appropriate safety controls • Check for potential ignition sources • Allow portable equipment such as generators/lights to cool before refuelling • Wear appropriate PPE when handling fuels eg. gloves and safety glasses [SS or Operator]

Conduct refuelling • Only use approved fuel containers and funnels • Supervision of refuelling at all times (Operator)

Report all spills and incidents to the SM and EA as soon as possible

Complete refuelling • Ensure pumps are switched off and all refuelling equipment is stored securely away [Operator] • Ensure any fuel containers are stored in an appropriate storage facility or removed to an appropriate disposal location • Inspect the area and clean up any spills • Record quantities of fuel used [SS]

[Type here] 11

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

6 Compliance Management 6.1 Roles and Responsibilities The Contractor’s organisational structure and overall roles and responsibilities are to be in accordance with those outlined in the CEMP. 6.2 Induction and Training 6.2.1 Environmental Induction All CBGU staff, subcontractors and visitors to worksites must attend general induction training that covers general environmental management requirements, site-wide controls and site-specific and work specific risks and mitigation measures. Further details regarding environmental induction requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. The site induction should also include general duties under contractual requirements, measures established in the CEMP and this HGMP. Conduct induction and training for construction staff in relation to: — The management and remediation of contaminated land — Procedures for the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials — Incident response practices and procedures — Environmental awareness to encourage good material handling practices, spill management and incident reporting. 6.2.2 Environmental Training Details regarding environmental training requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 6.3 Communication Communication strategies including internal communication, external and Government Authority consultation, and stakeholder and community liaison must be undertaken in accordance with the CEMP and the CSEP. 6.4 Incidents and Emergencies All incidents and emergencies are to be managed according to the process as outlined in the CEMP. 6.4.1 Incident Notification The immediate response to all incidents is to make the area safe and undertake measures to prevent further environmental harm. The Environment and Sustainability Manager, Shared Services Director and Project Director should be notified immediately in the event of an environmental incident. Further details regarding Incident Notification have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 6.4.2 Incident Types For the purpose of this HGMP, incidents may include, but are not limited to:

[Type here] 12

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

• Any breach of the legislation or an approval or permit condition • Contamination of waterways or land • Contamination of groundwater • An incident involving material or serious environmental harm (refer to EP Act for definition). 6.4.3 Incident Prevention Management Incident Classification and Procedure has been identified within the overarching CEMP. 6.4.4 Incident Investigation The Incident Investigation process has been specified in the overarching CEMP. 6.4.5 Complaint Management All complaints are to be dealt with in accordance with the complaints management procedure outlined in the CEMP.

[Type here] 13

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

7 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting 7.1.1 Environmental Inspections CBGU will undertake environmental inspections to develop and evaluate the effectiveness of environmental controls. If any maintenance and/or deficiencies in environmental controls or in the standard of environmental performance is observed, they will be recorded on the Project’s Environmental Checklist. A register of all corrective actions including due date, closed out date, item description and responsible person will be recorded in such a way as to be able to be generated into a register when required. Inspections are to be undertaken as nominated in the CEMP. 7.1.2 Environmental Monitoring Monitoring will be undertaken at various sensitive receptors to validate the impacts predicted for the Project and to measure the effectiveness of environmental controls and implementation of this HGMP. The monitoring also helps in addressing any potential Community Complaints that may be made. The monitoring requirements specific to hazardous goods are outlined below. • Daily site inspections are to be undertaken and documented by CBGU throughout the construction phase and are to include identification of any actual or potential contamination issues or risks. Any spills or other uncontrolled release of contaminants to the environment are to be addressed in accordance with the construction incidents and non-conformance reporting procedure described in the CEMP • Immediately following a defined rainfall event, inspect and conduct necessary maintenance on all bunded chemical and hazardous storage areas • Ensure that sign-off from a licensed asbestos contractor has been obtained and documented prior to any partial or full demolition of buildings and structures. 7.1.3 Environmental Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with the CEMP, compliance with Environmental Design Requirements, and other relevant permits, approvals, and guidelines. Audits will be undertaken in accordance with the CEMP. 7.1.4 Corrective Actions Corrective actions must be undertaken where monitoring or validated complaints indicate the environmental outcomes or Imposed Conditions are not achieved in relation to particular works, either because the performance criteria have not been met, or mitigation measures have not been implemented. Where corrective actions become necessary, the specific works that do not achieve the environmental outcomes or meet the Imposed Conditions must cease until the corrective actions have been developed and implemented. The process for developing and implementing Correction Actions has been specified within the overarching CEMP.

[Type here] 14

Hazardous Goods Management Plan

7.1.5 Environmental Reporting To ensure compliance with Coordinator-General Condition 6, CBGU will prepare and submit a monthly report within 6 weeks from the end of the month. The specific requirements of the Monthly Report have been identified in the CEMP. 7.1.6 Incidents and Non-Compliance Reporting Environmental incidents meeting the criteria of an NCE shall be notified verbally as soon as practical and in writing within 48 hours of becoming aware of an incident occurring. Notification will generally be undertaken by the Environment and Sustainability Manager or delegate. Additional notification of the incident to the relevant authorities, EM and parent companies will also be undertaken as required Further details regarding reporting, including provision of interim and detail reports have been provided in the overarching CEMP. 7.1.7 Document Control The Contractor will coordinate the preparation, review and distribution as appropriate, of the environmental documents as detailed throughout the CEMP. The Project will implement a document control procedure to control the flow of documents within and between Contractor, Regulatory Agencies, the Authority, the Environmental Monitor and relevant stakeholders and subcontractors.

[Type here] 15

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Compliance Matrix

Table 1 Compliance matrix

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED IN SECTION REFERENCE Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C – Section 5 Condition 4 Incorporate the EMP sub-plans required by the Imposed Conditions or as This Plan (c) (xi) required by the approved Outline EMP “In accordance with the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003, the proponent Appendix A Section 5.6 is required to have a Cultural Heritage Management Plan (CHMP) for the This Plan project. “

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Details of Revision Amendments Document Control The CBGU Project Director is responsible for ensuring that this Plan is reviewed and approved. The Project Environment & Sustainability Manager is responsible for updating this Plan to reflect changes to the Project, legal and other requirements, as required. Amendments Any revisions or amendments must be approved by the CBGU Project Director or the Delivery Authority before being distributed / implemented. Distribution and Authorisation The CBGU Project Director is responsible for the distribution of this Plan. The controlled master version of this document is available for distribution as appropriate and maintained on TeamBinder. All circulated hard copies of this document are deemed to be uncontrolled. All personnel employed on the Project will perform their duties in accordance with the requirements of this Plan, supporting management plans, and related procedures.

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Table of Contents 1 Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Background ...... 1 1.2 Context ...... 1 1.3 Objectives ...... 1 1.4 Legislative Framework ...... 1 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation ...... 1 1.4.2 State Legislation ...... 1 1.4.3 Approvals, Permits, and Licences ...... 2 1.4.4 Guidelines and Standards ...... 2 2 Required Outcomes ...... 3 2.1 Environmental Outcomes ...... 3 2.2 Performance Criteria ...... 3 3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...... 4 3.1 Impacts ...... 4 3.1.1 General Impacts ...... 4 3.1.2 Specific Impacts ...... 4 3.2 Mitigation Measures ...... 5 3.2.1 Avoidance ...... 5 3.2.2 Storage of Aboriginal Cultural Heritage ...... 5 3.2.3 Archaeological Test Excavations ...... 6 3.2.4 Monitoring of project activities ...... 6 3.2.5 Survey of Additional Areas ...... 6 3.2.6 Unexpected Finds Procedures ...... 6 3.2.7 Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Inductions...... 7 3.2.8 Other relevant strategies for mitigation ...... 7 4 Compliance Management ...... 8 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ...... 8 4.2 Meeting CHMP requirements ...... 8 4.2.1 Agreed Management Arrangements ...... 8 4.2.2 Documentation management ...... 8 4.3 Induction and Training ...... 9 4.3.1 Aboriginal cultural heritage induction ...... 9 4.4 Communication ...... 9 4.4.1 Incident Notification ...... 9 4.4.2 Incident Types ...... 9 4.4.3 Incident Prevention Management ...... 9 4.4.4 Incident Investigation ...... 10

iii

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

4.4.5 Complaint Management ...... 10 5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting ...... 11 5.1 Monitoring ...... 11 5.1.1 Performance Monitoring ...... 11 5.1.2 Corrective Actions ...... 11 5.2 Reporting ...... 11 5.3 Documentation and Communication ...... 11 5.3.1 Document Control ...... 11 5.3.2 Review ...... 11 5.3.3 Communication ...... 12

Table of Tables Table 1 Compliance matrix...... i Table 2 Referenced Documents ...... v Table 3 Terms...... vi Table 4 Environmental approvals, permits and licences ...... 2

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Referenced Documents The following provides a list of referenced documents either as a sub-plan to this plan or referenced from. Table 2 Referenced Documents

Document Number Document Name Location of Controlled Version Referenced Project Plans include: CRRTSD-EN-MPL-CBGU-000019 Construction Environment Management Plan TeamBinder Unexpected Finds Procedure PMS CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000001 Air Quality Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000013 Noise and Vibration Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000014 Land Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-CU-MPL-CBGU-000018 Communications and Stakeholder Engagement TeamBinder Management Plan

Note: this Management Plan may not contain the current version of the document listed above. Refer to the ‘location of controlled version’ for the most current version.

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Glossary of Terms Table 3 Terms

Acronym / Term Definition

Aboriginal Party As defined in s35 of the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003

ACHA Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003

All Staff Means all employees, contractors and sub-contractors involved in the Project Works

AQMP Air Quality Management Plan

CBD Central Business District

CEMP The Project’s Construction Environmental Management Plan

CG Coordinator-General

CHMP Cultural Heritage Management Plan

CGCR Coordinator-General’s Change Report

CGER Coordinator-General’s Evaluation Report

COEMP The Project’s Commissioning Environmental Management Plan

Contractor The Contractors appointed to design, construct and commission the Project

Coordinator-General The corporation sole preserved, continued and constituted under section 8 of the SDPWO Act

CRR Cross River Rail

CSEP Community and Stakeholder Engagement Plan

DATSIP Department of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Partnerships

DES Department of Environment and Science

EIS Environmental Impact Statement

Environmental Management Plan (refers to the OEMP, CEMP, COEMP including any Project sub- EMP plans)

EMS Environmental Management System

Environmental The Environmental Monitor engaged in accordance with Imposed Condition 7 Monitor

A condition/s imposed by the Coordinator-General under section 54B of the SDPWO Act for the Imposed condition/s Project

LMP Land Management Plan

MRTS51 MRTS51 Environmental Management – TMR Specification

NVMP Noise and Vibration Management Plan

OEMP The Project’s Outline Environmental Management Plan

Outline CEMP The Project’s Outline Construction Environmental Management Plan

Outline COEMP The Project’s Outline Commissioning Environmental Management Plan

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Acronym / Term Definition

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

Project The Cross River Rail Project

Project Works As defined in the Imposed Conditions

Proponent The Authority

QA Quality Assurance

SDPWO Act State Development and Public Works Organisation Act 1971

Sub-plan Any sub-plan to an EMP

The Authority The Cross River Rail Delivery Authority

TMR Queensland Department of Transport and Main Roads

vii

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

1 Introduction 1.1 Background The Design and Construction Joint Venture comprising of CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd (CBGU D&C JV or CBGU) is responsible for delivering the Cross River Rail (CRR) Project (the Project) on behalf of the Cross River Rail Delivery Authority (the Authority). This Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan (CHMP) should be read in conjunction with the Project’s overarching Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP) and the already approved CHMPs for the Project under Part 7 of the ACHA. The CEMP provides specific details regarding the background of the Project, the scope of the Project and the staging and timing of key milestones associated with the construction of the Project. 1.2 Context This Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan (ICHMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) developed for the Project. The ICHMP describes how CBGU will manage Aboriginal cultural heritage and minimise impacts during construction of the Project in accordance with the Project’s approved CHMPs. 1.3 Objectives The objective of this ICHMP is to ensure that construction activities are managed to provide effective recognition, protection and conservation of Aboriginal cultural heritage that may be impacted by the construction of the Project. It is intended that the Contractor will take ownership of the Project’s approved CHMPs when they are obtained. This document provides the framework for adhering to the Project’s approved CHMPs during construction. 1.4 Legislative Framework Legislation applicable to the protection and management of Aboriginal cultural heritage is outlined below. 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation Commonwealth legislation that is likely to be relevant to the Project includes: • Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984 • Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 1.4.2 State Legislation State legislation that is likely to be relevant to the Project includes:

• Cross River Rail Delivery Authority Act 2016 • Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003

[Type here] 1

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

1.4.3 Approvals, Permits, and Licences CBGU will obtain any relevant licences, permits and approvals as required by law and maintain them as required throughout the delivery phase of the project. No condition of the Infrastructure Approval removes the obligation for CBGU to obtain, renew or comply with such necessary licences, permits or approvals. Approvals relating to management of Aboriginal cultural heritage that are expected to be required for the Project are identified in Table 4 below.

Table 4 Environmental approvals, permits and licences

Approval / Permit / Regulatory Authority Responsibility / Timeframe Items approved Licence Cultural Heritage Department of Responsibility: CRRDA and CBGU CHMPs relating to the Project Management Plan* Aboriginal & Torres JV area are approved. (Part 7) Strait Islander Timeframe: Already approved Partnerships

* A new revision requires a new approval

1.4.4 Guidelines and Standards Project works must be undertaken in accordance with specific guidelines and standards. Guidelines and standards related to the management of Aboriginal cultural heritage that must be met include (but are not limited to): • Approved CHMPs under Part 7 of the ACHA of relevance to the project include guidelines and standards. • The Burra Charter, 2013.

[Type here] 2

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

2 Required Outcomes The following Imposed Conditions and environmental outcomes must be achieved throughout construction of the Project. The environmental outcomes may be achieved by meeting the performance criteria in this CHMP. 2.1 Environmental Outcomes The following environmental outcomes in relation to Aboriginal cultural heritage are to be achieved for the Project: • Construction activities are managed to maintain cultural heritage values of Aboriginal cultural heritage sites, places and values within and adjacent to construction worksites. • Potential impacts to Aboriginal cultural heritage are managed and mitigated to ensure that all reasonable and practicable measures are taken to avoid harm. • The approved Cultural Heritage Management Plan(s) (CHMPs) are prepared and approved in accordance with the ACHA prior to commencement of any ground disturbance works. 2.2 Performance Criteria The following performance criteria must be achieved throughout construction of the Project: • All Project activities comply with the requirements of the Approved CHMP(s). • Construction impacts, such as excessive dust deposition, excessive vibration or excessive settlement, do not affect the values of any Aboriginal cultural heritage. • All personnel involved in, or supervising construction works have completed either the CRR Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Induction or another cultural heritage induction course as specified in the Approved CHMPs.

[Type here] 3

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures 3.1 Impacts The station precincts are in highly developed areas, thus limiting the potential for harm to Aboriginal cultural heritage. Despite this, the Project respects that some items of Aboriginal cultural heritage may be encountered during Project works. There is also potential for intangible Aboriginal cultural heritage values to be impacted. Measures to mitigate these potential impacts have been outlined in Section 3.2. 3.1.1 General Impacts The project has the potential to impact on Indigenous cultural heritage values through: • The physical disturbance, damage or destruction of Aboriginal cultural heritage sites and places. • Potential adverse impacts on the physical fabric of Aboriginal cultural heritage as a result of vibration and/or settlement caused by construction works. • Undertaking activities (e.g. construction works) which may detract from sites, places or areas which the Aboriginal Parties have identified as having intangible cultural heritage values (e.g. story places, meeting places). 3.1.2 Specific Impacts No previously recorded Aboriginal cultural heritage sites, places or items in the DATSIP Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Register and Database will be directly impacted by the TSD Project Activities. The following is a summary of the relevant sites, places or items recorded in the DATSIP Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Register and Database. These sites may be in the vicinity of construction sites, but not within the construction boundary and not subject to potential impact.

3.1.2.1 Northern Portal • The Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Database notes the presence of two previously recorded Aboriginal cultural heritage sites that may be subjected to impacts as a result of construction activities near the proposed Northern Portal. These include: — LB: N62, York’s Hollow. — LB: N69, York’s Hollow. York’s Hollow includes the area now covered by Victoria Park, the Royal Brisbane and Women’s Hospital, and the Brisbane Exhibition Grounds.

3.1.2.2 Roma Street Station • The Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Database notes two previously recorded Aboriginal cultural heritage sites that may be subject to impacts as a result of activities near Roma Street Station. These include: — LB:N80, the campsite referred to by Petrie (1992:160-1) in the vicinity of Roma Street Station.

[Type here] 4

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

— LB:N74, a resource extraction site in the vicinity of Roma Street Station, formerly a string of waterholes and the source of Wheat Creek. — LB:N82, the windmill on Wickham Terrace, the site of the execution by hanging of two Aboriginal men in 1841.

3.1.2.3 Albert Street Station • There are no previously recorded Aboriginal cultural heritage places that may be subject to Project impacts as a result of activities near the Albert Street Station.

3.1.2.4 Woolloongabba Station • The Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Database notes one previously recorded Aboriginal cultural heritage site that may be subject to impacts as a result of activities near Woolloongabba Station. This includes: — LB:O25, the site of a bora ground in the vicinity of Merton Road (and the present day Holy Trinity Church), Woolloongabba.

3.1.2.5 Boggo Road Station • There are no previously recorded Aboriginal cultural heritage sites that may be subject to impacts as a result of activities at Boggo Road Station; however, it is relevant to note that Boggo Road and Annerley Road followed an Aboriginal pathway.

3.1.2.6 Southern Portal • There are no previously recorded Aboriginal cultural heritage places that may be subject to Project impacts as a result of activities near the Southern Portal. 3.2 Mitigation Measures As per Coordinator-General recommendations for the project, construction works will be undertaken in accordance with an approved CHMP, which will include the presence of cultural heritage monitors, as required, during construction. The following mitigation measures have been extracted from the approved CHMPs. Where a discrepancy exists, the CHMP terms take precedence. 3.2.1 Avoidance All practical options for avoiding harm to Aboriginal cultural heritage are to be considered the priority mitigation measure. Due to the constraints of the Project Activities, it is acknowledged that avoidance may not be a viable mitigation strategy. Representatives of the relevant Aboriginal Parties for the Project area will be given opportunities to inspect, record, and where possible, salvage, collect, relocate, store and manage Aboriginal cultural heritage. 3.2.2 Storage of Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Any Aboriginal cultural heritage recovered during Project Activities are to be kept at a secure Keeping Place provided by the Project. Representatives of the relevant Aboriginal Parties will have reasonable access to that Keeping Place to view, assess and analyse that material.

[Type here] 5

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

3.2.3 Archaeological Test Excavations In accordance with the CHMP, archaeological test excavation has been agreed within the following worksites. Noting project works in their current alignment do not impact the site: • Woolloongabba – the parkland between Main Street and the Brisbane Cricket Ground, currently used as an entranceway into the cricket ground, referred to in the CHMP as the Woolloongabba Cultural / Archaeological Testing Area. It is noted that as of February 2020, no project works or activities will now take place within the Woolloongabba Cultural / Archaeological Testing Area. If project changes occur requiring works in this area, the following will apply: • This test excavation includes the digging of archaeological trenches within the agreed area for a period of up to three (3) days. • A Test Excavation Process has been agreed and is defined in the CHMP. • The Test Excavation is to occur prior to any Project Activities requiring ground disturbance within the agreed testing area. • The Aboriginal Party will prepare a Test Excavation Report of the results of the Test Excavation: — Where no Aboriginal cultural heritage is located, a Clearance Statement is to be provided within 24 hours of the completion of Test Excavation activities. — Where Aboriginal cultural heritage is located, recommendations for further testing must be provided within 5 business days of the completion of Test Excavation activities. • CBGU JV and the Aboriginal party will agree on what, if any, management strategies are implemented on any Aboriginal cultural heritage located. 3.2.4 Monitoring of project activities Certain areas within the CRR project area may be agreed for monitoring under the CHMP. If project requirements change, a variation to the CHMP will be required including reaching agreement between CBGU JV and the Aboriginal Party about monitoring requirements. 3.2.5 Survey of Additional Areas When new Project Activities are proposed in areas that are not covered by the approved CHMPs, these areas will be subject to survey by Aboriginal Party representatives. When new Project Activities are proposed, CBGU JV (Environment & Sustainability Manager) will engage with the relevant Aboriginal Party/ies and initiate the process defined in the CHMPs for survey of additional areas. 3.2.6 Unexpected Finds Procedures An Unexpected Finds Procedure is to be followed if previously undocumented evidence of Aboriginal occupation (e.g. artefacts) is located during Project Activities. The CHMP defines the agreed procedures for such finds. These procedures are applicable across all Project Activities and work sites for the duration of the Project. Procedures are as set out in the approved CHMP.

[Type here] 6

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

3.2.7 Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Inductions The Aboriginal Party may deliver a Cultural Heritage Awareness Training site induction to senior CBGU JV personnel as nominated by CBGU JV. This is recommended to be delivered at an early stage of the Project selected at the discretion of CBGU JV. Indigenous awareness information is presented during the general Project induction for all Project personnel. 3.2.8 Other relevant strategies for mitigation To protect known places of Aboriginal cultural heritage from excessive dust deposition, vibration and other inadvertent impacts, consideration of the impacts of construction works on known places of Aboriginal cultural heritage must be included in any approved Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP), Noise and Vibration Management Plan (NVMP), and Land Management Plan (LMP), respectively.

[Type here] 7

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

4 Compliance Management 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities The organisational responsibilities and accountabilities in relation to Aboriginal cultural heritage throughout Project construction works are outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.2 Meeting CHMP requirements The CHMPs have specific compliance requirements. Compliance obligations to TSD work sites are noted below. 4.2.1 Agreed Management Arrangements Any Aboriginal cultural heritage located via Unexpected Finds, during Monitoring, Archaeological Test Excavation or in any other manner is to be managed in accordance with the CHMP. These CHMPs sets out applicable management measures for implementation and use during Project Activities. This may include notification to the Aboriginal Party and consultation regarding relocation of evidence of Aboriginal occupation (e.g. artefacts).

4.2.1.1 Common management measures During project activities, CBGU JV will erect appropriate temporary barriers and signage to ensure impacts to any Cultural Heritage is avoided. Project activities may continue at other locations if not affecting the find location.

4.2.1.2 Dispute resolution Where a dispute arises over management measures or other Aboriginal Cultural Heritage matters, the CHMPs provides a dispute resolution process to be followed. As this is a process set out in detail in the applicable CHMPs, if a dispute arises then refer to Clause 28 of each CHMP. 4.2.2 Documentation management Any documentation, including CHMP required pre-clearance, post clearance forms and Unexpected Finds Forms, meeting notes and minutes, are valuable records to be retained to provide a traceable management approach and demonstrate the that the terms of the CHMPs have been met. Daily Work Sheets are to be completed for any works undertaken an Aboriginal Party. Pro formas are provided in the CHMP. Monitoring or any Surveys Pro formas are provided in the Aboriginal Party CHMP and as an Annex to this plan. All Aboriginal cultural heritage documentation is to be retained in the Project’s central documentation management system.

[Type here] 8

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

4.3 Induction and Training 4.3.1 Aboriginal cultural heritage induction All CBGU staff, subcontractors and visitors to worksites must attend general induction training that covers general environmental management requirements, site-wide controls and site-specific and work specific risks and mitigation measures. Further details regarding environmental induction requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. Included in the general induction training will be Aboriginal cultural heritage awareness training items describing known Aboriginal cultural heritage constraints, requirements and obligations. Aboriginal cultural heritage awareness should be included in site-specific inductions associated with each Station Precinct. 4.4 Communication Communication strategies including internal communication, external and Government Authority consultation, and stakeholder and community liaison must be undertaken in accordance with the CEMP and the CSEP. 4.4.1 Incident Notification The immediate response to all incidents is to make the area safe and undertake measures to prevent further environmental harm. The Environment and Sustainability Manager, Shared Services Director and Project Director should be notified immediately in the event of an environmental incident. Further details regarding Incident Notification, have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.4.2 Incident Types Incidents include, but are not limited to: • Any breach of the Approved CHMP conditions or this ICHMP • Unauthorised damage to an Aboriginal cultural heritage place or item • Working outside the approved CHMP Area • Failure to follow Unexpected Finds procedures. 4.4.3 Incident Prevention Management Key effective incident prevention is undertaken by ensuring preventative strategies are implemented by the CBGU or its representative. This includes: • Daily identification of Aboriginal cultural heritage constraints and requirements at toolbox talks • Daily informal visual inspections of active work sites where Aboriginal cultural heritage constraints are being managed • Completion of the Project’s Environmental Checklist • Timely close out of corrective actions as identified in the Project’s Environmental Checklist

[Type here] 9

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

• Aboriginal cultural heritage awareness training identified in the CEMP as being required • Audits and/or reviews of processes and procedures on a scheduled basis. Preventative or corrective actions will be identified in response to any incident through the Project’s Environmental Checklist. 4.4.4 Incident Investigation The Incident Investigation process has been specified in the overarching CEMP. 4.4.5 Complaint Management All complaints are to be dealt with in accordance with the complaints management procedure outlined in the CEMP. Validated complaints about indigenous cultural heritage must be addressed as soon as practicable after the complaint has been made and in accordance with the complaints management procedure outlined in the CSEP and/or CEP. Should there be an absence of monitoring data to confirm or refute the complaint, a visual inspection must be undertaken and the findings reported to both the Environmental Monitor and the complainant. The Environmental Monitor may require a site-specific monitoring campaign to inform the development of additional mitigation measures.

[Type here] 10

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting This section outlines the compliance processes that have been adopted by CBGU to ensure compliance with the Coordinator-General Conditions and any other legislative requirements relating to Aboriginal cultural heritage. 5.1 Monitoring 5.1.1 Performance Monitoring • The effectiveness of this plan is to be monitored by CPBGU JV. • CPBGU JV may make progressive updates to aspects of this plan where required to ensure effectiveness. • Routine daily site observation and weekly inspection should include assessment of any exclusion fencing or signage protecting Aboriginal Cultural Heritage finds to determine effectiveness of procedures. 5.1.2 Corrective Actions Any required deviations from the agreed CHMP conditions, including changes to the agreed Plan Area for the CHMP, will require the procedures for varying that agreement to be followed under that plan. 5.2 Reporting Details regarding reporting, including provision of interim and detail reports have been provided in the overarching CEMP. Specific cultural heritage reporting requirements may include: • reporting of any Aboriginal cultural heritage finds and inspections of Aboriginal cultural heritage protection measures are to be included in the monthly construction compliance report, along with any complaints or incidents relating to Aboriginal cultural heritage issues. 5.3 Documentation and Communication Records in relation to Aboriginal cultural heritage must be maintained in accordance with these requirements. 5.3.1 Document Control Document control requirements have been specifically addressed within the overarching CEMP. 5.3.2 Review In accordance with the General Requirements of the CEMP this ICHMP must also be updated and revised as required. Revisions shall be reviewed and approved prior to issue. Updates to this ICHMP are numbered consecutively and issued to holders of controlled copies Revisions to this ICHMP may also be required during the Project to reflect changing circumstances or identified deficiencies. Revisions may result from:

[Type here] 11

Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

• Management Review. • Audit (either internal or by external parties). • Complaints or non-conformance reports. • Changes to the Company’s standard system. 5.3.3 Communication All internal and external communication with all stakeholders including the public, Coordinator-General, government agencies and the Authority must be completed in accordance with the requirements of the CEMP.

[Type here] 12

Land Management Plan

Compliance Matrix

Table 1 Compliance matrix

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED IN SECTION REFERENCE Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C – Condition 12

A. Prior to the commencement of Project Works, predictive modelling must be Noise and Vibration undertaken of potential ground movement that may be caused by the Project Management Plan Works. Such predictive modelling must ascertain the potential for damage due to This Plan ground movement being caused to property by Project Works.

B. Where predictive modelling indicates the Project Works would lead to impacts Community & above the vibration goals for cosmetic damage in Table 3 of Imposed Condition 11 – Stakeholder Engagement Plan Construction Noise and Vibration, the Contractor must prepare and submit a property damage sub-plan, prior to the commencement of such works, as part of Noise and Vibration the CEMP. The property damage sub-plan must set out the procedure for: Management Plan This Plan I. Advance communication with potentially Directly Affected Persons;

II. procedures for building condition surveys both in advance of and following Condition Project Works, including provision for consultation with property owners and 12 occupants;

III. monitoring to be undertaken for potential impacts to property; and

IV. mitigation measures.

C. Where a post-construction building condition survey identifies that property Community & damage has occurred as a consequence of the Project Works, such damage must be Stakeholder Engagement Plan repaired as soon as practicable by the Contractor at no cost to the property owners. Such repairs must be undertaken in consultation with the property owners Noise and Vibration and occupants and must return the premises at least to the condition existing prior Management Plan to commencement of Project Works. The Contractor must agree the timing, This Plan method and extent of works required with the affected landowner and must gain permission to undertake such reparation works prior to their commencement.

Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C. – Condition 15

Condition A. Discharge of surface water and groundwater from Project Works must comply with Water Quality 15 the Brisbane River Estuary environmental values and water quality objectives Management Plan Water (Basin no. 143 - mid-estuary) in the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009. Quality B. During construction monitor and report on water quality in accordance with the Water Quality Water Quality Management Plan, a sub-plan of the Construction Environmental Management Plan Management Plan

Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C. – Condition 18 Erosion and Sediment Control

(a) An erosion and sediment control sub-plan that is consistent with the Guidelines for Best Erosion and Sediment Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (International Erosion Control Association, 2008) Control Plan and the Department of Transport and Main Roads’ Technical Standard MRTS52 –

Land Management Plan

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED IN SECTION REFERENCE Erosion and Sediment Control must be submitted as part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan.

Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C. – Condition 19 Acid sulphate soils

(a) Acid sulphate soils must be managed in accordance with the methods and requirements Acid Sulfate Soil of the latest edition of the Queensland Acid Sulphate Soil Technical Manual. Management Plan

Land Management Plan

Table of Contents 1 Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Background ...... 1 1.2 Context ...... 1 1.3 Objectives ...... 1 1.4 Legislative Framework ...... 1 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation ...... 1 1.4.2 State Legislation ...... 2 1.4.3 Approvals, Permits and Licences ...... 2 1.4.4 Guidelines and Standards ...... 3 2 Required Outcomes ...... 4 2.1 Coordinator-General Conditions ...... 4 2.2 Environmental Outcomes ...... 5 2.3 Performance Criteria ...... 5 3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...... 6 3.1 Impacts ...... 6 3.1.1 Topography ...... 6 3.1.2 Geology and Geomorphology ...... 6 3.1.3 Soils ...... 6 3.1.4 Settlement ...... 7 3.2 Mitigation Measures ...... 7 3.2.1 Topography ...... 7 3.2.2 Soils ...... 8 3.2.3 Settlement ...... 8 3.2.4 Fossil and archaeological material ...... 8 4 Compliance Management ...... 9 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ...... 9 4.2 Induction and Training ...... 9 4.2.1 Environmental Induction ...... 9 4.2.2 Environmental Training ...... 9 4.3 Communication ...... 9 4.4 Incidents and Emergencies ...... 9 4.4.1 Incident Notification ...... 9 4.4.2 Incident Types ...... 9 4.4.3 Incident Prevention Management ...... 9 4.4.4 Incident Investigation ...... 9 4.4.5 Complaint Management ...... 10

iii

Land Management Plan

5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting ...... 11 5.1 Environmental Monitoring ...... 11 5.1.1 Settlement ...... 11 5.1.2 Sensitive Infrastructure Monitoring ...... 11 5.1.3 Environmental Auditing ...... 12 5.1.4 Environmental Reporting ...... 12 5.1.5 Incidents and Non-Compliance Reporting ...... 12 5.1.6 Corrective Actions ...... 12 5.2 Documentation ...... 12 5.2.1 Environmental Records ...... 12 5.2.2 Document Control ...... 12 5.2.3 Review ...... 13 5.2.4 Communication ...... 13

Table of Tables Table 1 Compliance matrix...... i Table 2 Referenced Documents ...... vi Table 3 Terms...... vii Table 4. Environmental approvals, permits and licences ...... 2

Land Management Plan

Referenced Documents The following provides a list of referenced documents either as a sub-plan to this plan or referenced from. Table 2 Referenced Documents

Document Number Document Name Location of Controlled Version Referenced Project Plans include: CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000017 Water Quality Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000011 Acid Sulphate Soils Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000016 Erosion and Sediment Control Plan TeamBinder Sensitive Infrastructure Monitoring Regime PMS CRRTSD-CU-MPL-CBGU-000018 Communications and Stakeholder Engagement TeamBinder Management Plan CRRTSD-CS-MPL-CBGU-000032 Construction Monitoring Management Plan TeamBinder

Note: this Management Plan may not contain the current version of the documents listed above. Refer to the ‘location of controlled version’ for the most current version.

Land Management Plan

Glossary of Terms Table 3 Terms

Acronym Definition

All Staff Means all employees, Proponents and sub-contractors involved in the Project Works BCC Brisbane City Council CBD Central Business District CBGU D&C Contractor comprising a joint venture with CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd CMS CPB Management System CEMP The Project’s Construction Environmental Management Plan CG Coordinator-General CGCR Coordinator-General’s Change Report CGER Coordinator-General’s Evaluation Report COEMP The Project’s Commissioning Environmental Management Plan

Contractor The Contractors appointed to design, construct and commission the Project Coordinator- The corporation sole preserved, continued and constituted under section 8 of the SDPWO Act General CRR Cross River Rail CRRDA Cross River Rail Delivery Authority acting on behalf of the State CRR TSD (the Cross River Rail - Tunnels, Stations and Development (TSD) Project Project) CSEP Community and Stakeholder Engagement Plan DES Department of Environment and Science Directly Affected An entity being either the owner or occupant of premises for which predictive modelling or Persons monitoring indicates the Project impacts would be above the performance criteria in the Imposed Conditions DTMR Department of Transport and Main Roads (QLD) EIS Environmental Impact Statement EMP Environmental Management Plan (refers to the OEMP, CEMP, COEMP including any Project sub- plans) EMS Environmental Management System Environmental The Environmental Monitor engaged in accordance with Imposed Condition 7 Monitor FM Facilities Manager GIS Geographic Information System ISA Independent Safety Assessor

vii

Land Management Plan

Acronym Definition

ISCA Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia Imposed A condition/s imposed by the Coordinator-General under section 54B of the SDPWO Act for the condition/s Project MRTS51 MRTS51 Environmental Management – DTMR Specification O&M Operations and maintenance OEMP The Project’s Outline Environmental Management Plan Outline CEMP The Project’s Outline Construction Environmental Management Plan

Outline COEMP The Project’s Outline Commissioning Environmental Management Plan PIC Project Independent Certifier Predictive Means the use of appropriate analytical scenario testing, whether or not by numerical Modelling measurements, undertaken prior to the commencement of Project Works PPE Personal Protective Equipment Project The Cross River Rail Project Project Works As defined in the Imposed Conditions

Proponent The Authority PSTR Project Scope and Technical Requirements

QA Quality Assurance QR Queensland Rail Rail Infrastructure A person who has effective management and control of rail infrastructure or proposed rail Manager infrastructure, whether or not the person – owns or will own the rail infrastructure; or has or will have a statutory or contractual right to use the rail infrastructure or to control, or provide, access to it. Rail Transport A rail infrastructure manager or rolling stock operator, or a person or organisation which is both Operator RIS Cross River Rail – Rail Integration and Systems Project Alliance

Risk matrix A table used in the evaluation of risk severity that has likelihood and consequence as its axes with numbers and ratings applicable to each likelihood/consequence combination. For use in risk evaluation and Safety in Design reviews. Risk register A database containing Project risks, assessments, treatments and responsibilities SDPWO Act State Development and Public Works Organisation Act 1971 SEMS Queensland Rail’s Safety and Environment Management System Subcontractor Any company, body or person who is contracted to CBGU for the purpose of supplying plant and/or services Sub-plan Any environmental sub-plan to an EMP TeamBinder Proprietary software used as part of the Project wide Electronic Document Management System

The Authority The Cross River Rail Delivery Authority, the Proponent for the Project

viii

Land Management Plan

Acronym Definition

the Project (or Cross River Rail - Tunnels, Stations and Development (TSD) Project CRR TSD) TMR Queensland Department of Transport and Main Roads. WBS Work Breakdown Structure - the hierarchical breakdown of a project into manageable portions of work, used to drive program, cost, work documentation and organisational structure

Land Management Plan

1 Introduction 1.1 Background The Design and Construction Joint Venture comprising of CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd (CBGU D&C JV or CBGU) is responsible for delivering the Cross River Rail (CRR) Project (the Project) on behalf of the Cross River Rail Delivery Authority (the Authority). This Land Management Plan should be read in conjunction with the Project’s overarching Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP). Additionally, this management plan covers the requirements of the Settlement Management Plan. The CEMP provides specific details regarding the background of the Project, the scope of the Project and the staging and timing of key milestones associated with the construction of the Project. 1.2 Context This Construction Land Management Plan (LMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) developed for the construction of the Project. The LMP describes how the CBGU D&C JV will manage land, geology and settlement and minimise impacts during construction of the Project. 1.3 Objectives The objectives of this LMP are to achieve the environmental outcomes stated in the OEMP and the CEMP through the implementation of site-specific mitigation measures. It will also: • ensure that the Project’s impacts on land and land health are minimised • ensure controls and procedures are implemented during construction activities to avoid, minimise or manage potential adverse impacts to geology and soil within and adjacent to the Project • ensure controls and procedures are implemented to manage settlement as a result of construction of the Project and spoil generated from the Project • nominate the Project’s monitoring and reporting requirements in relation to this plan • monitor the effects of management and mitigation measures. 1.4 Legislative Framework Delivery and implementation of the Project must comply with the environmental legislation, guidelines and standards specified in the OEMP and CEMP (as updated to reflect any changes current at commencement of each Project phase) and any additional requirements specified in the conditions of approval. 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation Commonwealth legislation that is likely to be relevant to the Project and this LMP includes: • Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984 • Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999

Land Management Plan

• Native Title Act 1993. 1.4.2 State Legislation State legislation that is likely to be relevant to the Project and this LMP includes:

• Cross River Rail Delivery Authority Act 2016 • Environmental Protection Act 1994

• Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003 • Acquisition of Land Act 1967

• Biosecurity Act 2014 • Explosives Act 1999

• Fisheries Act 1994 • Forestry Act 1959

• Land Act 1994 • Nature Conservation Act 1992

• Planning Act 2016 • Queensland Heritage Act 1992

• Vegetation Management Act 1999 • Water Act 2000

• State Development and Public Works Organisation Act 1971 1.4.3 Approvals, Permits and Licences CBGU will obtain licences, permits and approvals as required by law and maintain them as required throughout the delivery phase of the project. No condition of the Infrastructure Approval removes the obligation for CBGU to obtain, renew or comply with such necessary licences, permits or approvals. Approvals expected to be required for the Project, that relate to land management impacts are identified in Table 4 below.

Table 4. Environmental approvals, permits and licences

Approval / Permit / Regulatory Authority Responsibility / Timeframe Items approved Licence Potential existing Commonwealth CBGU permits allowing Department of Approval Timeframes: Minimum 50 import of clean Infrastructure, Business days for Approval material to various Regional (assuming no EPBC referral) sites – Brisbane Airport Development and Cities & the Commonwealth Department Environment & Energy Permits allowing Port of Brisbane & the CBGU import of clean Commonwealth Approval Timeframes: Minimum of material to various Department 20 Business days for Port of Brisbane sites – Port of Brisbane Environment & Energy Approval, Minimum of 20 Business days for EPBC Referral (if triggered) Permits allowing Ipswich City Council CBGU import of clean and the Department Approval Timeframes: Up to 80 material to various of Environment & Business Days (16 weeks), assuming sites – Swanbank Heritage Protection no RFI request. Enterprise Park Permits allowing Brisbane City Council CBGU

Land Management Plan

Approval / Permit / Regulatory Authority Responsibility / Timeframe Items approved Licence import of clean Approval Timeframes: Minimum of material to various 80 Business Days (16 weeks), sites – Pine Mountain subject to Overlay Controls & (Quarry) & Larapinta assuming no RFI request. (Sand Quarry) Development Permit Brisbane City Council CBGU (MCU) of Premises on & Department of Preparation Timeframes: Assume Contaminated Land Environment and up to 40 Business days negotiation Science & preparation. Approval Timeframes: Minimum of 50 Business Days (10 weeks), assuming no requests for further information (RFI). 1.4.4 Guidelines and Standards The following guidelines and standards are relevant to land management during the Project’s construction: • Queensland Acid Sulphate Soil Technical Manual – version 4 • National Environment Protection (Assessment of Site Contamination) Measure 1999. Queensland Acid Sulfate Soils Technical Manual. • TMR standards, including: — MRTS52 Erosion and Sediment Control – TMR Specifications — MRTS16 Landscape and Revegetation Works – TMR Specifications. • International Erosion Control Association Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines 2008 (IECA Guidelines) — International Erosion Control Association (IECA) Australasia ‘Appendix B – Sediment basin design and operation’ (June 2018) • Environmental Protection Policy (Water) Brisbane River Estuary environmental values and water quality objectives (Queensland Government) • Procedural guide, compliance notes: Standard work method for the assessment of the lawfulness of releases to waters from constructions site – South East Queensland. • Australian and New Zealand Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality 2000 (ANZECC, 2000) • Queensland Urban Drainage Manual 2013 (Department of Energy and Water Supply, 2013) • AS 4482 Guide to the investigation and sampling of sites with potentially contaminated soil.

Land Management Plan

2 Required Outcomes The following Imposed Conditions and environmental outcomes must be achieved throughout construction of the Project. The environmental outcomes may be achieved by meeting the performance criteria in this LMP. 2.1 Coordinator-General Conditions The following Imposed Condition must be achieved for the Project: Condition 12. Property Damage A. Prior to the commencement of Project Works, predictive modelling must be undertaken of potential ground movement that may be caused by the Project Works. Such predictive modelling must ascertain the potential for damage due to ground movement being caused to property by Project Works. B. Where predictive modelling indicates the Project Works would lead to impacts above the vibration goals for cosmetic damage in Table 3 of Imposed Condition 11 – Construction Noise and Vibration, the Contractor must prepare and submit a property damage sub-plan, prior to the commencement of such works, as part of the CEMP. The property damage sub-plan must set out the procedure for: I. Advance communication with potentially Directly Affected Persons; II. procedures for building condition surveys both in advance of and following Project Works, including provision for consultation with property owners and occupants; III. monitoring to be undertaken for potential impacts to property; and IV. mitigation measures. C. Where a post-construction building condition survey identifies that property damage has occurred as a consequence of the Project Works, such damage must be repaired as soon as practicable by the Contractor at no cost to the property owners. Such repairs must be undertaken in consultation with the property owners and occupants and must return the premises at least to the condition existing prior to commencement of Project Works. The Contractor must agree the timing, method and extent of works required with the affected landowner and must gain permission to undertake such reparation works prior to their commencement. Condition 15. - Water quality a) Discharge of surface water and groundwater from Project Works must comply with the Brisbane River Estuary environmental values and water quality objectives (Basin no. 143 – mid-estuary) in the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 2009. b) During construction monitor and report on water quality in accordance with the WQMP, a sub- plan of the CEMP. Condition 18. Erosion and Sediment Control a) An erosion and sediment control sub-plan that is consistent with the Guidelines for Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (International Erosion Control Association, 2008) and TMR Technical Standard MRTS52 – Environmental Management must be submitted as part of the CEMP. Condition 19. Acid Sulphate Soils

Land Management Plan

(a) Acid sulphate soils must be managed in accordance with the methods and requirements of the latest edition of the Queensland Acid Sulphate Soil Technical Manual. 2.2 Environmental Outcomes The following environmental outcomes in relation to land (including geology, soil, settlement and spoil) to be achieved for the Project are detailed below. • Construction activities minimise soil erosion and sedimentation and avoid adverse impacts on the environmental values of receiving waters • Construction activities minimise the impacts of ground settlement from tunnelling or other construction works • Construction activities avoid or minimise environmental and public health risks associated with disturbance of potential acid sulphate soils encountered during construction works • Construction activities do not impact on the environmental values of the Brisbane River and other waterways within the study corridor. 2.3 Performance Criteria The following performance criteria must be achieved throughout construction of the Project. • The Project does not result in soil erosion beyond the boundaries of worksites. Soil erosion within a worksite is rectified as soon as practicable after a rainfall event to prevent the release of sediment offsite. • Soil erosion and sediment controls are implemented and maintained for each worksite in accordance with the guidelines for Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control (International Erosion Control Association, 2008) and TMR's Technical Standard MRTS52 Erosion and Sediment Control. • Runoff from worksites complies with the environmental objectives established in the Environmental Protection (Water and Biodiversity) Policy 2019 (EPP (Water and Biodiversity)) section 3.1.4. • Ground settlement consequential to Project works does not impact on the structural integrity of buildings or infrastructure and generally does not exceed 1:500 differential settlement. • Acid Sulfate Soil (ASS) is avoided, or if intercepted, is managed to avoid adverse impact to environmental values, infrastructure, construction equipment, construction personnel or the public.

Land Management Plan

3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures A range of environmental management measures and requirements to address potential impacts to land are outlined below. 3.1 Impacts 3.1.1 Topography • During construction, temporary changes to topography would be associated with the development of the major construction worksites proposed in the vicinity of the Woolloongabba Station and the Southern portal. 3.1.2 Geology and Geomorphology • Adverse impacts to geological stability resulting in settlement impacts and the loss of fossil material are likely to occur as a result of tunnelling activities. Potential settlement impacts are further discussed in Section 3.1.4. • There is potential to impact on surface and groundwater systems as a result of drawdown if tunnelling activities intercept significant water-bearing geological discontinuities that cause groundwater inflows to the tunnel. The Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) provides further detail on potential surface water and groundwater impacts. 3.1.3 Soils • Accelerated erosion and sediment movement due to disturbance of soils or impacts resulting from the disturbance of ASS, may include: — Loss of valuable soil material — Accelerated erosion of vulnerable soils — Oxidation of ASS material and mobilisation of acidified leachate — Mobilisation of contaminant concentrations resulting from a change to soil pH conditions due to ASS disturbance. — Lowering of groundwater levels in the vicinity of the northern portal during tunnel operation either temporarily or permanently stockpiling — Removal of spoil material at the construction worksites. The Acid Sulphate Soils Management Plan (ASSMP) prepared for the Project provides further detail regarding potential impacts associated with ASS. • Impacts on soil values that may indirectly impact the surrounding environment, including: — Sedimentation of surface water and changes to flows — Changes to the water chemistry of receiving water bodies — Mortality of aquatic and riparian flora — Mortality of aquatic fauna

Land Management Plan

— Acid contamination of surface water or groundwater — Contaminant mobilisation within surface water or groundwater. 3.1.4 Settlement • The following types of settlement in tunnelling projects may arise: — Excavation induced settlement — Groundwater drawdown induced settlement — Local ground relaxation effects around structures at tunnel declines • Settlement resulting from tunnel excavation/construction activities may arise due to: — Elastic ground settlements caused by the excavation of the tunnel — Consolidation settlements caused by dewatering of porous rock formations or compressible soil layers that are hydraulically connected to groundwater drawdown into the tunnel excavations. Detailed geotechnical investigations are currently underway to confirm potential risks associated with settlement during the construction of the Project. The preliminary investigations undertaken for the preparation of the EIS found that: • Groundwater inflow into the tunnel during excavation and construction of the tunnels and station caverns, particularly near Albert Street Station, the river crossing and Woolloongabba Station may result in consolidation of currently unconsolidated sediments with alluvial material present. • Lateral relaxation of soils associated with soil retaining structures that may be adopted in the vicinity of the surface works for each of the underground stations. • There is a potential low risk of significant effects for construction induced ground settlement along the full tunnel alignment. • Separate mitigation measures are to be proposed for Albert Street Station, Woolloongabba Station (above the busway), Boggo Road Station and the section of tunnel immediately north of Boggo Road Station. 3.2 Mitigation Measures The following advisory mitigation measures may be implemented to achieve the nominated environmental outcomes and performance criteria. Permit to Clear Land or Vegetation is to be completed prior to any clearing works commencing, as per Appendix A. 3.2.1 Topography • Where possible, surface connections with the tunnel have been located in areas of existing, dense urban development and it is intended that surface structures will be designed in line with prevailing structural design at the surface so as not to create unnecessary visual disruption to surface topography. The transition from tunnel to surface infrastructure has been designed with consideration of the existing topography of the study corridor.

Land Management Plan

3.2.2 Soils • Management of ASS as dictated by the ASSMP. • Management of erosion and sediment as per the requirements of the ESCP. 3.2.3 Settlement • Preliminary investigations identified the following specific mitigation measures which may need to be considered: — Incorporation of stiff lateral supports in shafts, initial support of caverns and sequential excavation at Albert Street Station — Buildings in the vicinity of the northern shaft would require direct measures of support — Ground treatment may be required at the Woolloongabba Station to limit settlement in the vicinity of the busway — Provision of ground treatment to limit settlement and crown-holes in shallow cover areas at Boggo Road Station — Lateral support scheme to prevent distress to the Ecosciences Precinct and Boggo Road Gaol. • Intensive instrumentation to monitor settlement would be required at Albert Street, Woolloongabba and Boggo Road Stations. • Identify the potential for settlement impacts, including, but not limited to: — excavation induced settlement; — groundwater drawdown induced settlement; — ground treatment-related heave; and — local ground relaxation settlement. • Where the predictive modelling indicates damage may occur as a consequence of the Project works, consult with potentially affected owners to undertake a dilapidation survey of buildings, structures, utilities and significant landscaping works and heritage landscape features. Asset condition surveys would be undertaken to identify and document pre and post construction conditions. Asset condition surveys of heritage buildings are to be undertaken by a person suitably qualified in condition assessments of heritage buildings (refer to Construction Monitoring Management Plan for further information). 3.2.4 Fossil and archaeological material • If significant fossil and archaeological material or finds are encountered during excavation, a suitably qualified specialist will be consulted to determine management or preservation measures as required. For archaeological material, the find will be reported to DES.

Land Management Plan

4 Compliance Management 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities The organisational responsibilities and accountabilities in relation to environmental management throughout Project construction works are outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.2 Induction and Training 4.2.1 Environmental Induction All CBGU staff, subcontractors and visitors to worksites must attend general induction training that covers general environmental management requirements, site-wide controls and site-specific and work specific risks and mitigation measures. Further details regarding environmental induction requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.2.2 Environmental Training Details regarding environmental training requirements, including completion of Toolbox Talks, have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.3 Communication Communication strategies including internal communication, external and Government Authority consultation, and stakeholder and community liaison must be undertaken in accordance with the CEMP and the CSEP. 4.4 Incidents and Emergencies 4.4.1 Incident Notification The immediate response to all incidents is to make the area safe and undertake measures to prevent further environmental harm. The Environment and Sustainability Manager, Shared Services Director and Project Director should be notified immediately in the event of an environmental incident. Further details regarding Incident Notification, have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.4.2 Incident Types For the purpose of this LMP, incidents include, but are not limited to: • Any breach of the legislation or an approval or permit condition. 4.4.3 Incident Prevention Management Incident Classification and Procedure has been identified within the overarching CEMP. 4.4.4 Incident Investigation The Incident Investigation process has been specified in the overarching CEMP.

Land Management Plan

4.4.5 Complaint Management All complaints are to be dealt with in accordance with the complaints management procedure outlined in the CEMP.

Land Management Plan

5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting This section outlines the compliance processes that have been adopted by CBGU to ensure compliance with the Coordinator-General Conditions and any other legislative requirements. The section below details specific requirements relating to Inspections, monitoring, auditing requirements have not been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 5.1 Environmental Monitoring Monitoring will be undertaken at various sensitive receptors to validate the impacts predicted for the Project to measure the effectiveness of environmental controls and implementation of this LMP. The monitoring also helps in addressing any potential Community Complaints that may be made. The monitoring requirements for settlement are outlined below. 5.1.1 Settlement • Monitoring of settlement must be conducted from the commencement of sub-surface construction works and dewatering. • If any subsequent ground settlement is alleged to be caused by the Project, an independent consultant may be engaged to prepare a building conditions survey report, investigate the cause of any damage and make recommendations for repairing building damage established. • New condition surveys of heritage buildings are to be undertaken by a person suitably qualified in condition assessments of heritage buildings. In addition to the monitoring requirements for Settlement, as outlined in Section 5.1.2.1, there are also relevant monitoring requirements relating to vibration, ASS, erosion, sedimentation, and water quality. These have been addressed in the NVMP, ASSMP, ESCP, and WQMP prepared for the Project. 5.1.2 Sensitive Infrastructure Monitoring The Project has prepared a proposed monitoring regime for sensitive infrastructure that may be impacted by the project. In summary, it will include monitoring provisions for the following areas and structures: • Eco-sciences building • Princess Alexandra Hospital • Russian Orthodox Church • 600mm Cast Iron Water Main on Vulture Street • S1 sewer in Turbot Street • The Clem 7 • Heritage-listed Roma Street Station. For additional information, refer to Noise and Vibration Management Plan.

Land Management Plan

5.1.3 Environmental Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with the CEMP, compliance with Environmental Design Requirements, and other relevant permits, approvals, and guidelines. There will be a monthly internal audit undertaken by CBGU as per the CEMP, who is to report findings to the Environmental Monitor and the Authority. This includes reporting on compliance with the CEMP and the Imposed Conditions. Audits will be undertaken in accordance with the overarching CEMP. 5.1.4 Environmental Reporting To ensure compliance with Coordinator-General Condition 6 and where relevant the CEMP, CBGU will prepare and submit a monthly report within 6 weeks from the end of the month to the Delivery Authority The specific requirements of the Monthly Report have been identified in the CEMP. 5.1.5 Incidents and Non-Compliance Reporting Environmental incidents meeting the criteria of an NCE shall be notified verbally as soon as practical and in writing within 48 hours of becoming aware of an incident occurring to the Development Authority. Notification will generally be undertaken by the Environment and Sustainability Manager or a member of the CBGU environment team. Additional notification of the incident to the relevant authorities, EM and parent companies will also be undertaken as required. Further details regarding reporting, including provision of interim and detail reports have been provided in the overarching CEMP. 5.1.6 Corrective Actions Corrective actions must be undertaken where monitoring or validated complaints indicate the environmental outcomes or Imposed Conditions are not achieved in relation to particular works, either because the performance criteria have not been met, or mitigation measures have not been implemented. Where corrective actions become necessary, the specific works that do not achieve the environmental outcomes or meet the Imposed Conditions must cease until the corrective actions have been developed and implemented. The process for developing and implementing Correction Actions has been specified within the overarching CEMP. 5.2 Documentation 5.2.1 Environmental Records The process for managing and collecting environmental records is detailed in the overarching CEMP. All relevant records in relation to land management must be maintained in accordance with these requirements. 5.2.2 Document Control Document control requirements have been specifically addressed within the overarching CEMP.

Land Management Plan

5.2.3 Review Revisions to this LMP may be required during the Project to reflect changing circumstances or identified deficiencies. Revisions may result from: • Management Review • Audit (either internal or by external parties) • Complaints or non-conformance reports • Changes to the Company’s standard system. Revisions shall be reviewed and approved prior to issue. Updates to this LMP are numbered consecutively and issued to holders of controlled copies. 5.2.4 Communication All internal and external communication with all stakeholders including the public, Coordinator-General, government agencies and the Delivery Authority must be done in accordance with the requirements of the CEMP.

Land Management Plan

Appendix A Permit to Clear Land or Vegetation

Permit to Clear Land or Vegetation #00XX SECTION 1 – REQUEST DETAILS Site Date Area Supervisor Position Purpose of Ground Disturbance Total disturbance area (ha) Date disturbance to commence Estimated Topsoil Depth (mm) Date disturbance to be EXPIRY COB completed Estimated Topsoil volume (m3) Machinery to be used Map (attached) Comments: Yes No

Has a risk Work Pack been Yes No completed for this task? See attached maps. Clearing to stay within the Project Boundaries. Address/Lot/Lease/GPS Coordinates of planned area to be disturbed

Once the above is completed please forward to Environmental Representative/Advisor for processing Permit #00XX supersedes 00XX Status: Received by Environmental Representative/Advisor: OFFICE USE ONLY: Submitted to Client for Approval: Followed up: Approval Received:

Title: Permit to Clear Land or Vegetation ID: MSID-4-363 Version: 9.0 Date Published: 08/02/2017 Management System - Uncontrolled Document when Printed Page 1 of 4 SECTION 2 – PERMIT CONDITIONS Area Supervisor to Complete Condition Initial / Yes/No/NA Comments Date No clearing to be undertaken until this Permit to Clear Land or Vegetation is received, signed, completed and all permit 2.1 conditions understood and in place Disturbance area delineated? (Fencing, rope, flagging tape, ect) State how identified: 2.2 ______2.3 Pre- Clearing Inspection Checklist completed

2.4 All trees / vegetation to be retained identified and Exclusion areas identified and boundaries marked and clearly visible.

2.5 Appropriate Cultural Heritage permit/s are in place where applicable (check with Client)

2.6 Are weeds present on site? What is the method of removal? Disposal?

2.7 Ground engaging equipment confirmed as weed free (use Tool: Plant and Equipment Cleandown Declaration).

2.8 Are there any significant flora on site? Has the location, condition and controls been recorded? Have habitat trees been identified and appropriately marked? State how identified: 2.9 ______Are there any significant flora on site? Has the location, condition and controls been recorded? 2.10

2.11 Have affected structures (bridges, culverts, houses) been checked for fauna (e.g. microbats)

2.12 Have trees been counted and mapped, and then size confirmed by arborist? Operators working in the area have been shown the clearing limits by Area Supervisor. 2.13 Personnel undertaking works are appropriately trained and aware of environmental risks. 2.14 Disturbance area inspected for fauna and habitat trees and relocated, where applicable Large, woody vegetation to be stockpiled separately in approved location or used for Erosion Sediment control or fauna 2.15 habitat. If soil disturbance is to occur, have ERSED controls been installed? 2.16 Ref: Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (site specific) Topsoil to be removed to a mm depth 2.17 Subsoil to be removed to a ____mm depth

2.18 Topsoil and subsoil stockpiles are to be less than 2m high

Title: Permit to Clear Land or Vegetation ID: MSID-4-363 Version: 9.0 Date Published: 08/02/2017 Management System - Uncontrolled Document when Printed Page 2 of 4 SECTION 3 – PERMIT ISSUE (Completed by Permit Issuer) I confirm the work area is controlled and authorise work to proceed in strict accordance with the conditions stated in this Work Permit and associated Work Pack and Site Environmental Plans.

Permit Date Signature Issuer & Time SECTION 4 – PERMIT ACCEPTANCE (Completed by Permit Holder) I confirm and accept the conditions stated in this Work Permit and associated work activity documents. I will ensure strict adherence to these conditions and all persons under my control will be advised accordingly.

Permit Date Signature Holder & Time SECTION 5 – SIGN OFF Site Environmental Representative OR Project Manager Sign Off

Name Signature Date

Equipment Operators Involved in Clearing - have been advised of Land Disturbance Permit conditions and understand requirements/clearing boundary Name Signature Date

Name Signature Date

Title: Permit to Clear Land or Vegetation ID: MSID-4-363 Version: 9.0 Date Published: 08/02/2017 Management System - Uncontrolled Document when Printed Page 3 of 4 SECTION 6 – PERMIT CLOSEOUT (Completed FOLLOWING clearing/land disturbance) Environmental Rep & Area Supervisor to Complete Condition Yes/No/ Initial / Comments NA Date 6.1 Was all clearing within the vegetation clearing limits?

6.2 Were any trees marked as ‘to be retained’ impacted by the works?

6.3 The number of trees that were actually cleared consistent with the vegetation clearing plan?

6.4 Were any fauna, nests or other fauna features removed during the clearing works?

6.5 Was a fauna spotter present for the removal of the above habitat features?

6.6 Has contaminated land sampling occurred? If not, it must be done immediately soon after site access (that has allowed clearing). Were any trees cleared or saved different to the original clearing maps? If different, sketch clearing on the original clearing map and 6.7 highlight any differences (attach to this form). 6.8 Are any Heritage Sites damaged?

6.9 Are all ERSED controls still effective?

6.10 Are all public access ways clean and free of dirt and mud?

Site Environmental Representative OR Project Manager Sign Off

Name Signature Date

Site Supervisor Sign Off

Name Signature Date

Title: Permit to Clear Land or Vegetation ID: MSID-4-363 Version: 9.0 Date Published: 08/02/2017 Management System - Uncontrolled Document when Printed Page 4 of 4

Nature Conservation Management Plan

Compliance Matrix

Table 1 Compliance matrix

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED IN REFERENCE SECTION Coordinator‐General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C – Condition 20 and 21 Section 3.2 A. Project Works are designed and implemented to minimise impacts on landscape Site Rehabilitation and open space values. Plans

B. Project works and worksites in Victoria Park must be designed, planned and No impact to Victoria implemented to avoid, or minimise the loss of trees and ornamental plantings, Park as part of TSD and must minimise the area of the park directly impacted during such works. scope. Condition 20. Landscape C. Worksites in Victoria Park must be enclosed with a visually solid screen and any No impact to Victoria and open night lighting including security lighting must be situated to minimise the spill of Park as part of TSD space light beyond the worksite enclosures. scope.

D. Existing pathways and recreational facilities in Victoria Park must be relocated No impact to Victoria within the park for the duration of the works, in consultation with the Brisbane Park as part of TSD City Council. Upon completion of the project works, such pathways and facilities scope. must be re‐established in locations in the park in consultation with the Brisbane City Council.

A. Worksites for project infrastructure, such as the surface connections, stations and Section 3.2 ancillary buildings must be rehabilitated as soon as practicable upon completion Site Rehabilitation of the works. Plans B. All other worksites required to support commissioning activities must be Outside of construction rehabilitated as soon as practicable on completion of commissioning or sooner scope Condition 21. where possible. Worksite Section 3.2 rehabilitation C. Rehabilitation must address soil erosion and sedimentation, dust nuisance and landscape and visual impact. Site Rehabilitation Plans D. Any planting, landscaping and streetscape works undertaken as part of Section 3.2 rehabilitation must be undertaken in accordance with landscape and urban Site Rehabilitation design plans prepared in consultation with the Brisbane City Council. Plans

Nature Conservation Management Plan

Table of Contents 1 Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Background ...... 1 1.2 Context ...... 1 1.3 Objectives ...... 1 1.4 Legislative Framework ...... 1 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation ...... 1 1.4.2 State Legislation ...... 2 1.4.3 Local Legislation ...... 2 1.4.4 Approvals, Permits, and Licences ...... 2 1.4.5 Guidelines and Standards ...... 3 2 Required Outcomes ...... 4 2.1 Coordinator‐General Conditions ...... 4 2.2 Environmental Outcomes ...... 4 2.3 Performance Criteria ...... 4 3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...... 6 3.1 Impacts ...... 6 3.1.1 General Impacts ...... 6 3.1.2 Specific Impacts ...... 6 3.2 Mitigation Measures ...... 7 3.2.1 General Mitigation Measures ...... 7 3.2.2 Specific Mitigation Measures ...... 9 4 Compliance Management ...... 10 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ...... 10 4.2 Induction and Training ...... 10 4.2.1 Environmental Induction ...... 10 4.2.2 Environmental Training ...... 10 4.3 Communication ...... 10 4.4 Incidents and Emergencies ...... 10 4.4.1 Incident Notification ...... 10 4.4.2 Incident Types ...... 10 4.4.3 Incident Prevention Management ...... 10 4.4.4 Incident Investigation ...... 11 4.4.5 Complaint Management ...... 11 5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting ...... 12 5.1 Environmental Monitoring ...... 12 5.1.1 Flora and Fauna Requirements ...... 12

Nature Conservation Management Plan

5.1.2 Additional Requirements ...... 12 5.1.3 Environmental Inspections ...... 12 5.1.4 Environmental Auditing ...... 13 5.1.5 Corrective Action ...... 13 5.2 Reporting ...... 13 5.2.1 Environmental Reporting ...... 13 5.2.2 Incidents and Non‐Compliance Event Reporting ...... 13 5.3 Documentation and Communication ...... 14 5.3.1 Environmental Records ...... 14 5.3.2 Document Control ...... 14 5.3.3 Review ...... 14 5.3.4 Communication ...... 14

Table of Tables Table 1 Compliance matrix ...... i Table 2 Referenced Documents ...... iv Table 3 Terms ...... v Table 4. Environmental approvals, permits and licences ...... 2

Nature Conservation Management Plan

iii

Nature Conservation Management Plan

Referenced Documents The following provides a list of referenced documents either as a sub‐plan to this plan or referenced from. Table 2 Referenced Documents

Document Number Document Name Location of Controlled Version Referenced Project Plans include: CRRTSD‐EN‐MPL‐CBGU‐000019 Construction Environment Management Plan CRRTSD‐EN‐ENMP‐CBGU‐000003 Visual Amenity and Lighting Management Plan CRRTSD‐EN‐ENMP‐CBGU‐000017 Water Quality Management Plan CRRTSD‐CU‐MPL‐CBGU‐000018 Communications and Stakeholder Engagement Management Plan

Note: this Management Plan may not contain the current version of the documents listed above. Refer to the ‘location of controlled version’ for the most current version.

Nature Conservation Management Plan

Glossary of Terms Table 3 Terms

Acronym Definition All Staff Means all employees, contractors and sub‐contractors involved in the Project Works CBD Central Business District CEMP The Project’s Construction Environmental Management Plan CG Coordinator‐General CGCR Coordinator‐General’s Change Report CGER Coordinator‐General’s Evaluation Report COEMP The Project’s Commissioning Environmental Management Plan Contractor The Contractors appointed to design, construct and commission the Project Coordinator‐ The corporation sole preserved continued and constituted under section 8 of the General SDPWO Act CRR Cross River Rail CSEP Community and Stakeholder Engagement Plan DES Department of Environment and Science Directly Affected An entity being either the owner or occupant of premises for which predictive Persons modelling or monitoring indicates the Project impacts would be above the performance criteria in the Imposed Conditions EIS Environmental Impact Statement EMP Environmental Management Plan (refers to the OEMP, CEMP, COEMP including any Project sub‐plans) EMS Environmental Management System Environmental The Environmental Monitor engaged in accordance with Imposed Condition 7 Monitor GHG Greenhouse gas ISCA Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia Imposed A condition/s imposed by the Coordinator‐General under section 54B of the SDPWO condition/s Act for the Project MRTS51 MRTS51 Environmental Management – DTMR Specification NCMP Nature Conservation Management Plan OEMP The Project’s Outline Environmental Management Plan Outline CEMP The Project’s Outline Construction Environmental Management Plan Outline COEMP The Project’s Outline Commissioning Environmental Management Plan

Nature Conservation Management Plan

Acronym Definition Predictive Means the use of appropriate analytical scenario testing, whether or not by Modelling numerical measurements, undertaken prior to the commencement of Project Works PPE Personal Protective Equipment Project The Cross River Rail Project Project Works As defined in the Imposed Conditions Proponent The Authority QA Quality Assurance Rail Infrastructure A person who has effective management and control of rail infrastructure or Manager proposed rail infrastructure, whether or not the person –

owns or will own the rail infrastructure; or

has or will have a statutory or contractual right to use the rail infrastructure or to control, or provide, access to it.

Rail Transport A rail infrastructure manager or rolling stock operator, or a person or organisation Operator which is both

SDPWO Act State Development and Public Works Organisation Act 1971 SEMS Queensland Rail’s Safety and Environment Management System Sub‐plan Any sub‐plan to an EMP The Authority The Cross River Rail Delivery Authority TMR Queensland Department of Transport and Main Roads VLMP Visual Amenity and Lighting Management Plan WQMP Water Quality Management Plan

Nature Conservation Management Plan

1 Introduction 1.1 Background The Design and Construction Joint Venture comprising of CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd (CBGU D&C JV or CBGU) is responsible for delivering the Cross River Rail (CRR) Project (the Project) on behalf of the Cross River Rail Delivery Authority (the Authority). This Nature Conservation Management Plan should be read in conjunction with the Project’s overarching Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP). The CEMP provides specific details regarding the background of the Project, the scope of the Project and the staging and timing of key milestones associated with the construction of the Project. 1.2 Context This Construction Nature Conservation Management Plan (NCMP) forms part of the Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP) developed for the Project. The NCMP describes how CBGU will manage nature conservation and minimise impacts to flora and fauna during construction of the Project. 1.3 Objectives The objectives of this NCMP are to achieve the environmental outcomes stated in the CEMP through the implementation of site‐specific mitigation measures. It will also: Nominate the Project’s monitoring and reporting requirements in relation to flora and fauna Ensure controls and procedures are implemented during construction activities to avoid, minimise or manage potential adverse impacts to fauna and flora within and adjacent to the Project Ensure appropriate measures are implemented to comply with all relevant legislation Monitor the effects of management and mitigation measures Provide the framework for a flora and fauna monitoring programme to be developed and implemented at each worksite so that Project‐related impacts on local stakeholders and the environment can be avoided, minimised or managed. 1.4 Legislative Framework Delivery and implementation of the Project must comply with the environmental legislation, guidelines and standards specified in the CEMP (as updated to reflect any changes current at commencement of each Project phase) and any additional requirements specified in the conditions of approval. 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation Commonwealth legislation that is likely to be relevant to the Project includes: • Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.

Nature Conservation Management Plan

1.4.2 State Legislation State legislation that is likely to be relevant to the Project includes: Cross River Rail Delivery Authority Act 2016 Environmental Protection Act 1994 Biosecurity Act 2014 Fisheries Act 1994 Forestry Act 1959 Land Act 1994 Local Government Act 2009 Nature Conservation Act 1992 Planning Act 2016 Vegetation Management Act 1999 Water Act 2000. 1.4.3 Local Legislation Local legislation that is likely to be relevant to the Project includes: Natural Assets Local Law 2003 Brisbane City Plan 2014. 1.4.4 Approvals, Permits, and Licences CBGU will obtain licences, permits and approvals as required by law and maintain them as required throughout the delivery phase of the project. No condition of the Infrastructure Approval removes the obligation for CBGU to obtain, renew or comply with such necessary licences, permits or approvals. Approvals relating to management of nature conservation that are expected to be required for the Project are identified in Table 4 below.

Table 4. Environmental approvals, permits and licences

Approval / Permit / Regulatory Responsibility / Timeframe Items approved Licence Authority

Natural Assets Local Brisbane City CBGU Law 2003 (NALL) Council Preparation Timeframes: Two Notification for weeks clearing protected vegetation Approval Timeframes: Four weeks

Nature Conservation Management Plan

Approval / Permit / Regulatory Responsibility / Timeframe Items approved Licence Authority

Damage Mitigation Department of CBGU Permit Environment and Preparation Timeframes: 30 Science business days Approval Timeframes: 40 business days

Species Department of CBGU Management Environment and Preparation Timeframes: Two Program Science weeks Approval Timeframes: 20 business days

1.4.5 Guidelines and Standards Project works must be undertaken in accordance with specific guidelines and standards. Guidelines and standards related to the management of nature conservation, that must be met include, but are not limited to: AS/NZS ISO 14001 Environmental management systems Department of Transport and Main Roads ‐ Technical Manual – Environmental Processes Manual (August 2013) MRTS51 Environmental Management – TMR Specifications MRTS52 Erosion and Sediment Control – TMR Specifications MRTS16 Landscape and Revegetation Works – TMR Specifications.

Nature Conservation Management Plan

2 Required Outcomes The following Imposed Conditions and environmental outcomes must be achieved throughout construction of the Project. The environmental outcomes may be achieved by meeting the performance criteria in this NCMP. 2.1 Coordinator-General Conditions The following Imposed Condition must be achieved for the Project: Condition 20. Landscape and open space A. Project Works are designed and implemented to minimise impacts on landscape and open space values. B. Project works and worksites in Victoria Park must be designed, planned and implemented to avoid, or minimise the loss of trees and ornamental plantings, and must minimise the area of the park directly impacted during such works. C. Worksites in Victoria Park must be enclosed with a visually solid screen and any night lighting including security lightning must be situated to minimise the spill of light beyond the worksite enclosures. D. Existing pathways and recreational facilities in Victoria Park must be relocated within the park for the duration of the works, in consultation with Brisbane City Council. Upon completion go the project works, such pathways and facilities must be re‐established in location in the park in consultation with Brisbane City Council. Condition 21. Worksite rehabilitation A. Worksites for project infrastructure, such as the surface connections, stations and ancillary buildings must be rehabilitated as soon as practicable upon completion of the works. B. All other worksites required to support commissioning activities must be rehabilitated as soon as practicable on completion of commissioning or sooner where possible. C. Rehabilitation must address soil erosion and sedimentation, dust nuisance and landscape and visual impact. D. Any planting, landscaping and streetscape works undertaken as part of rehabilitation must be undertaken in accordance with landscape and urban design plans prepared in consultation with the Brisbane City Council. 2.2 Environmental Outcomes The following environmental outcomes in relation to nature conservation are to be achieved for the Project: Ecological, habitat and natural asset values of open space areas near Project Works are maintained No net loss of habitat occurs as a result of the design and construction of the Project Construction activities do not cause the introduction or spread of pest species General Biosecurity Obligations must be met pursuant to the Biosecurity Act 2014. 2.3 Performance Criteria The following performance criteria must be achieved throughout construction of the Project:

Nature Conservation Management Plan

Habitat for significant vegetation removed during construction is restored and rehabilitated to the extent reasonable and practicable, consistent with a rehabilitation plan developed in consultation with BCC Clearing permits or and other relevant permits or approvals for vegetation clearing are obtained from DES as required, and clearing is undertaken in accordance with the conditions of these permits or approvals Pest species declared under the Biosecurity Act 2014 are not spread or introduced during construction Landscape and rehabilitation plans incorporate species appropriate for the surrounding landscape and infrastructure, and, where practicable, uses endemic plants Species management plans should be developed where required and vegetation clearing and construction is undertaken in accordance with the conditions of approved plans and permits CBGU to meet requirements and obligations under the Biosecurity Act 2014.

Nature Conservation Management Plan

3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures 3.1 Impacts The Project alignment is located within a highly urbanised landscape, which has limited conservation value. Areas which have important nature conservation values have either been avoided by the Project through design or they are situated above the proposed tunnel and therefore are unlikely to be disturbed. However, the Project has the potential to impact on the flora and fauna identified within the alignment during the construction of each of the station precincts. During the Project’s construction period, the following activities have the potential to harm flora and/or fauna if not managed correctly: Worksite establishment and demolition activities Tunnelling and associated excavation works (cut and cover operations) Shaft excavation Spoil removal and replacement. 3.1.1 General Impacts The following general impacts may occur, however appropriate mitigations will be put into place to minimise impacts where possible; The worksite locations may cause a minor, localised temporary displacement of common and widespread fauna species which occur in urban environments. Impacts on the flora and fauna of nearby waterways as a result of excessive sedimentation and pollution. Increased likelihood of weed infestation and erosion risk as a result of topsoil disturbance and vehicle movements. Potential import of Red Imported Fire Ants (RIFA) from outside the TSD project area as a result of importing topsoil or mulch for rehabilitation and landscaping activities. Temporary impacts to noise, vibration, dust and lighting have the potential to influence the behaviour, movement and distribution of species which currently utilise habitat in the vicinity of the proposed construction worksites. Changes in the behaviour, movement, and distribution of species that currently utilise habitat in the vicinity of the proposed construction worksites as a result of changed noise, vibration, dust, or lighting regimes. Changes to groundwater which may affect some vegetation within the Project alignment. 3.1.2 Specific Impacts 3.1.2.1 Northern Portal The TSD scope of works limits disturbance to the existing rail line. Impacts to flora and fauna associated with the Northern Portal construction area and access road is part of the Rail Integration and Systems

Nature Conservation Management Plan

scope. As such there not expected to be any significant impacts to flora and fauna associated with the TSD scope at the northern portal.

3.1.2.2 Roma Street Station The construction site to the east of the Roma Street Station is located in Gallipoli Place which is part of Wickham Park and Roma Street Parkland. Within this area there is a large fig which is located in close proximity to the Roma Street Transit Centre which will be removed as part of the construction works. Removal of this tree may result in a low impact to fauna that use the tree for foraging and resting.

3.1.2.3 Albert Street Station Flindersia spp. which were planted along both sides of the Albert Street corridor and along both sides of Mary Street in 1996, will be cleared as part of the construction activities associated with the Albert Street Station. While these trees provide some ecological value to native flora and fauna, impacts resulting from their loss are expected to be relatively minor in the context of the highly urbanised nature of the site and the isolation from other areas of ecological value.

3.1.2.4 Boggo Road Station Construction of the proposed Boggo Road Station will require the clearing of a small pocket of ‘gully’ vegetation which is located along the southern side of Peter Doherty Street, to the south of the Boggo Road Urban Village site. While these trees provide some ecological value to native flora and fauna, impacts resulting from the loss of same are expected to be relatively minor in the context of the highly urbanised nature of the site and the isolation from other areas of ecological value.

3.1.2.5 Woolloongabba Station The major portion of vegetation clearing works associated with the construction works of the Woolloongabba Station were completed as part of demolition works and under the Early Works CEMP. Once the final station design is completed, a minor amount of additional clearing may be required. Any further impacts to native flora and fauna at this site are expected to be negligible. 3.2 Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures may be implemented to achieve the nominated environmental outcomes and performance criteria. Additional or different mitigation measures may be applied to achieve the environmental outcomes and performance criteria. A Pre‐clearance Checklist to be completed which details the vegetation being cleared, habitat areas (vegetation) and any weed management that is required as part of the clearing. 3.2.1 General Mitigation Measures As part of the Project induction process, communicate to construction staff that all native flora and fauna are protected and must not be intentionally harmed and must not be handled except with a relevant permit.

Nature Conservation Management Plan

Clearance of native vegetation will be minimised to that necessary for construction to avoid unnecessary impacts and minimise exposed surfaces that could lead to erosion and sediment issues. Minimise disturbance to significant vegetation and habitat during construction by clearly marking and mapping vegetation to be retained and boundaries of work areas. Impacts to significant mature trees should be avoided. A suitably qualified person will be engaged to supervise vegetation rehabilitation following construction activities. Where reasonable and practicable, construction site infrastructure, such as site offices, vehicle access and parking, material storage and clearing areas for plant and equipment have been located away from large trees and their drip zones. Pre‐construction ecological surveys within and around worksites will be used to identify any species for which a species management plan may need to be developed. Ensure a qualified fauna spotter/catcher is present prior to and during the removal of any habitat trees to capture and relocate any fauna that is disturbed. The fauna spotter/catcher must be registered with DES and hold applicable licences and permits. If any injured or dead fauna is located within or adjacent to the project area it should not be touched by workers and a qualified fauna spotter/catcher should come and collect the injured or dead animal and ensure that it receives the attention required. All incidents should be included in the Environmental Incident report by the spotter/catcher. Include all fauna deaths and injuries within the Return of Operations register in accordance with the DES’ Damage Mitigation Permit Requirements – this will be completed by the Project spotter/catcher. Where hollow bearing trees need to be removed the hollow sections should be cut into suitable lengths and a floor and lid attached as necessary to make them suitable for fauna to use. These should then be relocated to adjacent trees to be retained or nearby locations (after obtaining the appropriate approvals), and attached at a similar height, facing south. Lighting associated with night works should incorporate fittings to limit dispersion of light outside the target area and avoid the use of mercury lamps, to limit insect associated problems such as encouraging fauna to enter close to construction activities and traffic areas. Where safety considerations allow, lighting should not extend up into the canopy of any surrounding trees. Lighting associated with night works should be in accordance with the Visual Amenity and Lighting Management Plan (VLMP). A Pest and Weed Management Plan will be prepared and implemented. This plan will include measures consistent with the Rail Transport Operator’s procedures. The plan will include mapping of significant areas of exotic or weed species. Ensure appropriate soil hygiene procedures, as outlined in the Pest and Weed Management Plan are followed to prevent the spread of pest plants and animals, and potential soil pathogens. Landscape and rehabilitation plans specific to each site have been prepared and are to be implemented. This is to include investigation of opportunities for improvements to habitat as a result of the Project works and may include provisions to:

Nature Conservation Management Plan

— Revegetate areas along the exposed surfaces of drainage lines and creeks where applicable (refer to BCC recommended species lists for Water Sensitive Urban Design systems) these will be detailed, as required, within the relevant Landscape and rehabilitation plans. — Provide additional softening and screening to the railway and to improve visual amenity (refer to BCC recommended species lists for street tree plantings) and ensure trees would not create an issue under the Electrical Safety Act 2002 or Queensland Rail maintenance requirements. Stockpiling of material (i.e., soil and mulch) is to be within designated areas only and covered and/or contained with soil erosion and sedimentation control devices down slope. The TSD scope will not occur within a mapped RIFA management zone. However, importation of materials sourced from RIFA management zones will be in accordance with the requirements of the Pest and Weed Management Plans. 3.2.2 Specific Mitigation Measures Specific mitigation requirements will be reviewed and approved through detailed design processes.

3.2.2.1 Northern Portal In addition to the requirements included in the VLMP, lighting used for worksites in Victoria Park may incorporate fauna sensitive design and should not extend into tree canopies, as a number of nocturnal fauna are likely to utilise the mature trees within Victoria Park at night. Stockpiling of material (i.e., soil and mulch) is to be within designated areas only and covered and/or contained with soil erosion and sedimentation control devices down slope ‐ these areas should be located away from any mature trees which are to be retained within Victoria Park.

3.2.2.2 Roma Street Station Landscape and rehabilitation plans will be prepared to ensure the area is returned to an agreeable state (in consultation with BCC) following construction activities.

3.2.2.3 Albert Street Station Following construction activities, Landscape and rehabilitation plans will be prepared to ensure the precinct is designed and delivered in consultation with the Authority and BCC requirements.

3.2.2.4 Boggo Road Station Ensure that the Landscape and rehabilitation plans include provisions for rehabilitation of riparian areas following clearing of a small pocket of ‘gully’ vegetation, located along the southern side of Peter Doherty Street, to the south of the Boggo Road Urban Village site.

Nature Conservation Management Plan

4 Compliance Management 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities The organisational responsibilities and accountabilities in relation to environmental management throughout Project construction works are outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.2 Induction and Training 4.2.1 Environmental Induction All CBGU staff, subcontractors and visitors to worksites must attend general induction training that covers general environmental management requirements, site‐wide controls and site‐specific and work specific risks and mitigation measures. Further details regarding environmental induction requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.2.2 Environmental Training Details regarding environmental training requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.3 Communication Communication strategies including internal communication, external and Government Authority consultation, and stakeholder and community liaison must be undertaken in accordance with the CEMP and the Communication and Stakeholder Engagement Plan (CSEP) and/or Community Engagement Plan (CEP). 4.4 Incidents and Emergencies 4.4.1 Incident Notification The immediate response to all incidents is to make the area safe and undertake measures to prevent further environmental harm. The Environment and Sustainability Manager, Shared Services Director and Project Director should be notified immediately in the event of an environmental incident. Further details regarding Incident Notification, have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.4.2 Incident Types Incidents include, but are not limited to: Any breach of the legislation or an approval or permit condition Unauthorised damage or contrary interference to threatened species, endangered ecological communities or critical habitat Unauthorised clearing or clearing beyond the extent of the Project footprint Unauthorised habitat damage. 4.4.3 Incident Prevention Management Incident Classification and Procedure has been identified within the overarching CEMP.

Nature Conservation Management Plan

4.4.4 Incident Investigation The Incident Investigation process has been specified in the overarching CEMP. 4.4.5 Complaint Management All complaints are to be dealt with in accordance with the complaints management procedure outlined in the CEMP.

Nature Conservation Management Plan

5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting This section outlines the compliance processes that have been adopted by CBGU to ensure compliance with the Coordinator‐General Conditions and any other legislative requirements. The section below details specific requirements relating to Inspections, monitoring, auditing requirements have not been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 5.1 Environmental Monitoring Monitoring will be undertaken at various sensitive receptors to validate the impacts predicted for the Project and to measure the effectiveness of environmental controls and implementation of this NCMP. The monitoring also helps in addressing any potential Community Complaints that may be made. The monitoring requirements specific to flora and fauna are outlined below. 5.1.1 Flora and Fauna Requirements Undertake pre‐clearance ecological surveys prior to construction works. Ecological surveys should include identification of weeds (managed under a separate site‐specific Weed and Pest Management Plan). A fauna injury and death register should be kept for the duration of the project and submitted to DES in accordance with permit requirements. Undertake regular inspections of work areas to ensure that vegetation marked for retention is not damaged or removed or vegetation outside of worksites or work areas has not been removed or damaged. 5.1.2 Additional Requirements Regularly inspect construction worksites and other work areas, as appropriate, to assess compliance with mitigation measures identified to minimise impacts on flora and fauna. Inspect and monitor construction worksites and the spoil placement sites for the presence of fire ants as required by the Pest and Weed Management Plan. Prior to the completion of construction works, monitor rehabilitation activities to ensure compliance with the Landscape and rehabilitation plans. 5.1.3 Environmental Inspections CBGU will undertake environmental inspections to develop and evaluate the effectiveness of environmental controls. If any maintenance and/or deficiencies in environmental controls or in the standard of environmental performance is observed, they will be recorded on the Project’s Environmental Checklist. A register of all corrective actions including due date, closed out date, item description and responsible person will be recorded in such a way as to be able to be generated into a register when required. Inspections are to be undertaken as nominated in the CEMP.

Nature Conservation Management Plan

5.1.4 Environmental Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with the CEMP, compliance with Environmental Design Requirements, and other relevant permits, approvals, and guidelines. There will be a monthly internal audit undertaken by CBGU as per the CEMP, who is to report findings to the Environmental Monitor and the Authority. This includes reporting on compliance with the CEMP and the Imposed Conditions. Audits will be undertaken in accordance with the overarching CEMP. 5.1.5 Corrective Action Corrective actions must be undertaken where monitoring or validated complaints indicate the environmental outcomes or Imposed Conditions are not achieved in relation to particular works, either because the performance criteria have not been met, or mitigation measures have not been implemented. Where corrective actions become necessary, the specific works that do not achieve the environmental outcomes or meet the Imposed Conditions must cease until the corrective actions have been developed and implemented. The process for developing and implementing Correction Actions has been specified within the overarching CEMP. 5.2 Reporting 5.2.1 Environmental Reporting To ensure compliance with Coordinator‐General Condition 6, CBGU will prepare and submit a monthly report within 6 weeks from the end of the month to the Delivery Authority. Reporting must be undertaken, as a minimum, during site preparation, construction and rehabilitation. Reporting requirements associated with this NCMP are outlined below: Results of pre‐clearance ecological surveys for each stage of clearing undertaken prior to construction works. A register of fauna injury and death to be supplied to DES in accordance with the Authority’s Damage Mitigation Permit requirements. Any reporting requirements that arise from the preparation of the: — Weed and Pest Management Plan — Landscape and rehabilitation plans. The specific requirements of the Monthly Report have been identified in the CEMP. 5.2.2 Incidents and Non-Compliance Event Reporting Environmental incidents meeting the criteria of an NCE shall be notified verbally as soon as practical and in writing within 48 hours of becoming aware of an incident occurring to the Development Authority. Notification will generally be undertaken by the Environment and Sustainability Manager or a member of the CBGU environment team. Additional notification of the incident to the relevant authorities, EM and parent companies will also be undertaken as required

Nature Conservation Management Plan

Further details regarding reporting, including provision of interim and detail reports have been provided in the overarching CEMP. 5.3 Documentation and Communication 5.3.1 Environmental Records The process for managing and collecting environmental records is detailed in the overarching CEMP. All relevant records in relation to nature conservation must be maintained in accordance with these requirements. 5.3.2 Document Control Document control requirements have been specifically addressed within the overarching CEMP. 5.3.3 Review Revisions shall be reviewed and approved prior to issue. Updates to this NCMP are numbered consecutively and issued to holders of controlled copies Revisions to this NCMP may also be required during the Project to reflect changing circumstances or identified deficiencies. Revisions may result from: Management Review Audit (either internal or by external parties) Complaints or non‐conformance reports Changes to the Company’s standard system. 5.3.4 Communication All internal and external communication with all stakeholders including the public, Coordinator‐General, government agencies and the Delivery Authority must be done in accordance with the requirements of the CEMP.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Compliance Matrix

Table 1 Compliance matrix

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED REFERENCE IN SECTION Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C – Condition 10 Hours of Work

(a) Surface works for the Project are authorised to be undertaken within the hours of work set out in This Plan Table 1 below (reflective of the hours of work nominated in Appendix 1 of the Coordinator- General’s Change Report).

Table 1: Construction Hours Worksite Surface works – Extended work hours Managed Work Spoil haulage and standard hours materials / equipment delivery Southern Portal Monday to For approved rail 24 hours, 7 24 hours, 7 days Saturday, possession – 80 hrs days 6.30am – continuous work. 6.30pm (Other extended work) 6:30pm – 10:00pm, Monday to Friday Boggo Road Monday to For approved rail 24 hours, 7 Monday to Friday: Railway Station Saturday, possession – 80 hrs days 6.30am – 7.30am, 6.30am – continuous work. 9.00am – 2.30pm, 6.30pm (Other extended 4.30pm – 6.30pm work) Saturday: Monday to Friday, 6.30am – 6.30pm 6:30pm – 10:00pm Dutton Park Monday to For approved rail n/a 24 hours, 7 days, except Railway Station Saturday, possession – 80 hrs for: (track 6.30am – continuous work Monday to Friday: connection) 6.30pm 7.00am – 9.00am, 4.30pm – 6.30pm Woolloongabba Monday to Monday to Friday, 24 hours, 7 24 hours, 7 days, except Railway Station Saturday, 6:30pm – 10:00pm days for: 6.30am – Monday to Friday: 6.30pm 7.00am – 9.00am, 4.30pm – 6.30pm Albert Street Monday to Monday to Friday 24 hours, 7 Monday to Friday: Railway Station Saturday, 6:30pm – 10:00pm days 6.30am – 10.00pm 6.30am – Saturday: 6.30pm 6.30am – 6.30 pm Roma Street Monday to Monday to Friday 24 hours, 7 Monday to Friday: Railway Station Saturday, 6:30pm – 10:00pm days 6.30am – 7.30am, 6.30am – 9.00am – 4.30pm, 6.30pm 6.30pm –10.00pm Saturday: 6.30am - 6.30pm Northern portal Monday to For approved rail 24 hours, 7 Monday to Friday: Saturday, possession – 80 hrs days 6.30am – 10.00pm 6.30am – continuous work. Saturday: 6.30pm (Other extended 6.30am – 6.30pm work) Monday to Friday 6:30pm – 10:00pm

(b) Project Works that are underground, or in a ventilated acoustic enclosure, may be undertaken at This Plan any time provided the environmental outcomes are achieved

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED REFERENCE IN SECTION

(c) Works carried out because of an emergency that: This Plan 1. is endangering the life or health of a person; or 2. is endangering the structural safety of a building; or 3. is endangering the operation or safety of community infrastructure that is not a building; or is required to prevent environmental harm, may be undertaken outside the hours set out in Table 1.

(d) The following work may be undertaken during Extended Work Hours as set out in Table 4. subject This Plan to compliance with a specific Construction Environmental Management Plan sub-plan in accordance with Condition 4: 1. Project Works within rail corridor land; 2. Project Works within a road reserve or busway that cannot be undertaken reasonably nor practicably during standard hours due to potential disruptions to peak traffic flows or bus operations; 3. Project Works involving the transport, assembly or decommissioning of oversized plant, equipment, components or structures; 4. delivery of "in time" materials such as concrete, hazardous materials, large components and machinery; Project Works that require continuous construction support, such as continuous concrete pours, pipe-jacking or other forms of ground support necessary to avoid a failure or construction incident.

(e) Blasting must not occur on public holidays, and is only authorised to occur during the hours of This Plan 7:30am to 4:30pm Monday to Saturday, and not on Sundays or public holidays.

(f) Prior to blasting events, at least 48 hours' notice must be provided to persons who may be This Plan adversely affected. Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C. – Condition 11 Noise and Vibration

(a) Project Works must aim to achieve the project noise goals for human health and wellbeing in Table This Plan 2 below. Table 2: Noise goals (internal) for Project Works Monday to Monday to Monday to For Blasting Saturday Friday 6.30pm – Saturday Monday – 6.30am – 10.00pm 6.30am – Saturday 6.30pm (Gabba and CBD 6.30pm 7.30 am – only) Sundays, Public 4.30pm only Holiday

Continuous (LAeq AS 2107 40 dBA 35 dBA 130 dB Liner )(1hr) Peak adj Maximum LAeq,adj (1 hr) LAeq,adj (1 hr) design level

Intermittent(LA10 AS 2107 50 dBA 42 dBA )(15min) adj Maximum LA10,adj LA10,adj design level + 10dBA Note 1: All goals are internal noise levels for human health and well-being outcomes Note 2: Where internal noise levels are unable to be measured or monitored, the typical noise reductions presented in the relevant State guideline, such as the Guideline Planning for Noise Control, Ecoaccess, DEHP, July 2017 (currently under review).

(b) During construction monitor and report on noise and vibration in accordance with the NVMP, a This Plan sub-plan of the CEMP

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED REFERENCE IN SECTION

(c) Project Works predicted to or monitored as generating levels more than 20dBA (LAeq 10min, adj) This Plan and above the relevant goal in Table 2 are authorised to occur in a locality only: Community – When advanced notification and consultation has been undertaken with Directly Affected and Persons or potentially Directly Affected Persons about the particular predicted impacts and Stakeholder the approach to mitigation of such impacts Engagement – Where mitigation measures addressing the particular predicted or measured impacts have Plan been developed on a ‘case by case’ basis in consultation with Directly Affected Persons – Where the mitigation measures are incorporated in a mitigation register and implemented prior to undertaking the Project Works – Between the hours 7:00am to 6:00pm Monday to Friday, with a respite period between 12:00noon and 2:00pm each day.

(d) Project Works must aim to achieve the construction vibration goals in Table 3 below. This Plan Table 3: The construction vibration goals Receiver Type Cosmetic Damage Human Comfort Sensitive (mm/s PPV) Building Contents Continuous Transient Blasting Day Night (mm/s vibration vibration vibration PPV) (mm/s PPV) (mm/s (mm/s PPV) PPV) Residential According to According 501 According 0.52 - BS7385 to BS7385 to AS2670 reduced by 50%4 Commercial According to According 50 According - 0.53 BS7385 to BS7385 to AS2670 reduced by 50%4 Heritage 2 - 10 - - - Structures Note 1: All residential receivers in the vicinity of the Project blasting sites are regarded as reinforced or framed structures (i.e. BS 7385) Note 2: Residential sleep disturbance Note 3: Equipment specific vibration criteria is required for highly sensitive equipment (i.e. electron microscopes, MRI systems or similar), as part of future site-specific detailed investigations Note 4: If resonance is present, or if investigations to detect resonance were not able to be undertaken due to a lack of access.

(e) Where vibration protection criteria are available for sensitive building contents, predictive This Plan and modelling must take into account the manufacturer’s specifications for tolerance to vibration. To Community the extent reasonable and practicable, those specifications apply in lieu of the construction and vibration goals in Table 3. Where predictive modelling indicates the specified criteria would not be Stakeholder achieved by the Project Works, such works may proceed only in accordance with specific Engagement mitigation measures agreed with the potentially Directly Affected Persons. Plan

(f) Project Works predicted to or monitored as generating vibration levels more than 2mm/s for This Plan and continuous vibration and 10mm/s for transient vibration may occur only: Community – Between the hours 7:00am to 6:00pm Monday to Friday, with a respite period between and 12:00noon and 2:00pm each day, or Stakeholder – In accordance with the mitigation measures developed in consultation with and agreed by Engagement Directly Affected Persons that are incorporated in the Mitigation Register. Plan

iii

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED REFERENCE IN SECTION Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C. – Condition 12 Property Damage

(a) Prior to the commencement of Project Works, predictive modelling must be undertaken of This Plan potential ground movement that may be caused by the Project Works. Such predictive modelling must ascertain the potential for damage due to ground movement being caused to property by Project Works.

(b) Where predictive modelling indicates the Project Works would lead to impacts above the vibration This Plan goals for cosmetic damage in Table 3. the proponent must prepare and submit a property damage Property sub-plan, prior to the commencement of such works, as part of the Construction Environmental Damage Sub- Management Plan. The property damage sub-plan must set out the procedure for: Plan 1. advance communication with potentially Directly Affected Persons; Community 2. procedures for building condition surveys both in advance of and following Project Works, and including provision for consultation with property owners and occupants; Stakeholder 3. monitoring to be undertaken for potential impacts to property; and Engagement Plan 4. mitigation measures.

(c) Where a post-construction building condition survey identifies that property damage has occurred This Plan as a consequence of the Project Works, such damage must be repaired as soon as practicable by Property the Proponent at no cost to the property owners. Such repairs must be undertaken in consultation Damage Sub- with the property owners and occupants and must return the premises at least to the condition Plan existing prior to commencement of Project Works. The Proponent must agree the timing, method Community and extent of works required with the affected landowner and must gain permission to undertake and such reparation works prior to their commencement Stakeholder Engagement Plan

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Details of Revision Amendments Document Control The CBGU Project Director is responsible for ensuring that this Plan is reviewed and approved. The Project Environment and Sustainability Manager is responsible for updating this Plan to reflect changes to the Project, legal and other requirements, as required. Amendments Any revisions or amendments must be approved by the CBGU Project Director before being distributed / implemented. Distribution and Authorisation The CBGU Project Director is responsible for the distribution of this Plan. The controlled master version of this document is available for distribution as appropriate and maintained on TeamBinder. All circulated hard copies of this document are deemed to be uncontrolled. All personnel employed on the Project will perform their duties in accordance with the requirements of this Plan, supporting management plans, and related procedures.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Table of Contents 1 Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Background ...... 1 1.2 Context ...... 1 1.3 Objectives ...... 1 1.4 Legislative Framework ...... 1 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation ...... 1 1.4.2 State Legislation ...... 1 1.4.3 Approvals, Permits and Licences ...... 2 1.4.4 Guidelines and Standards ...... 2 2 Required Outcomes ...... 3 2.1 Coordinator-General Conditions ...... 3 2.2 Environmental Outcomes ...... 6 2.3 Performance Criteria ...... 6 3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...... 8 3.1 Impacts ...... 8 3.1.1 Southern Portal and Boggo Road ...... 8 3.1.2 Woolloongabba Station ...... 10 3.1.3 Albert Street Station ...... 12 3.1.4 Roma Street Station ...... 13 3.1.5 Northern Portal ...... 15 3.1.6 Mechanical tunnel excavation ...... 15 3.1.7 Low frequency noise assessment ...... 16 3.1.8 Blasting ...... 16 3.2 Mitigation Measures ...... 17 3.2.1 General – Noise ...... 17 3.2.2 General – Vibration ...... 18 3.2.3 Southern Portal and Boggo Road Station Works ...... 19 3.2.4 Woolloongabba Worksite ...... 20 3.2.5 Albert Street and associated underground works ...... 22 3.2.6 Roma Street Worksite and associated underground works ...... 25 3.2.7 Northern Portal ...... 26 3.2.8 Mechanical tunnel construction ...... 27 3.2.9 Low frequency construction noise ...... 27 3.2.10 Blasting ...... 28 4 Compliance Management ...... 29 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ...... 29 4.2 Induction and Training ...... 29

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

4.2.1 Environmental Induction ...... 29 4.2.2 Environmental Training ...... 29 4.3 Incidents and Emergencies ...... 29 4.3.1 Incident Notification ...... 29 4.4 Incident Types ...... 29 4.5 Incident Classification and Procedure ...... 29 4.6 Incident Prevention Management ...... 29 4.7 Incident Investigation ...... 30 4.8 Complaint Management ...... 30 5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting ...... 31 5.1 Environmental Monitoring ...... 31 5.1.1 Baseline Monitoring ...... 31 5.1.2 Performance Monitoring ...... 31 5.2 Auditing ...... 32 5.3 Corrective Action ...... 32 5.4 Reporting ...... 33 5.4.1 Monthly Report ...... 33 5.4.2 Incidents and Non-Compliance Reporting ...... 33 5.5 Documentation and Communication ...... 33 5.5.1 Environmental Records ...... 33 5.5.2 Document Control ...... 33 5.5.3 Review and Improvement ...... 33 5.5.4 Communication ...... 34

Table of Tables Table 1 Compliance matrix...... i Table 2 Referenced Documents ...... ix Table 3 Terms...... x Table 4 Baseline Noise Monitoring Results (SLR Report July 2019)...... 36 Table 5 Baseline Vibration Monitoring Results (SLR Report July 2019) ...... 42

Table of Figures Figure 1 Southern Portal Construction Site and Receiver Areas ...... 9 Figure 2 Woolloongabba Station Construction Site and Receiver Areas ...... 11 Figure 3 Albert Street Station Construction Site and Receiver Areas...... 12 Figure 4 Roma Street Station Construction Site and Receiver Areas...... 14 Figure 5 Northern Portal Construction Worksite and Receiver Areas ...... 15

vii

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Figure 6 Boggo Road Station noise mitigation...... 20 Figure 7 Woolloongabba Station noise mitigation ...... 22 Figure 8 Albert Street Station noise mitigation, Lots 1 and 2, Stages 2 to 6...... 24 Figure 9 Albert Street Station noise mitigation, Lot 3 ...... 25 Figure 10 Roma Street Station noise mitigation ...... 26

viii

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Referenced Documents The following provides a list of referenced documents either as a sub-plan to this plan or referenced from. Table 2 Referenced Documents

Document Number Document Name Location of Controlled Version Referenced Project Plans include: CRRTSD-EN-MPL-CBGU-000019 Construction Environment Management Plan TeamBinder Outline Environment Management Plan CRRTSD-CS-MPL-CBGU-000032 Construction Monitoring Management Plan TeamBinder CRRTSD-CU-MPL-CBGU-000018 Communications and Stakeholder Engagement TeamBinder Management Plan

Note: this Management Plan may not contain the current version of the documents listed above. Refer to the ‘location of controlled version’ for the most current version.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Glossary of Terms Table 3 Terms

Term Meaning µg/m3 Micrograms per Cubic Meter of Air 2012 CGER Coordinator-General’s evaluation report BCC Brisbane City Council BTC Brisbane Transit Centre CBD Central Business District CBGU Design & Construct Contractor comprising a joint venture with CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan CG Coordinator-General CGCR Coordinator-General change reports COEMP Commissioning Environmental Management Plan CPB CMS CPB Contractors Management System CRR Cross River Rail CSEP Communications and Stakeholder Engagement Plan DATSIP Department of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Partnerships dBA means decibels measured on the ‘A’ frequency weighting network DEHP Department of Environment and Heritage Protection (now DES) Delivery Authority Cross River Rail Delivery Authority DES Department of Environment and Science Directly Affected Persons An entity being either the owner or occupant of premises for which predictive modelling or monitoring indicates the Project impacts would be above the performance criteria in the Imposed Conditions. DTMR Department of Transport and Main Roads ECM Environmental Constraints Map EIS Environmental Impacts Statement EMP Environmental Management Plan EMR Environmental Management Register EMS Environmental Management System EP Act Environmental Protection Act 1994 (Qld) EWMS Environmental Work Method Statements GHG Greenhouse Gas INB Inner Northern Busway

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Term Meaning LA10 adj 1hr means the A-weighted sound pressure level, adjusted for tonal character or impulsiveness, that is exceeded for 10% of a 1 hour period when measured using time- weighting ‘F’ LAeq adj 1hr means an A-weighted sound pressure level of a continuous steady sound, adjusted for tonal character, that within a 1 hour period has the same mean square sound pressure of a sound that varies with time LCA Licenced Construction Area mm/s PPV Millimetres per Second Peak Particle Velocity NATA National Association of Testing Authorities NEPM National Environmental Protection Measure PA Princess Alexandra Predictive Modelling Means the use of an appropriate analytical scenario testing, whether or not by numerical measurements, undertaken prior to the commencement of Project Works Project Cross River Rail Project QLD Queensland QR Queensland Rail RfPC EIS Request for Project Change RfPC-4 EIS Request for Project Change 4 SPL Sound Pressure Levels SQP Suitably Qualified Person TMR Transport and Main Roads

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

1 Introduction 1.1 Background The Design and Construction Joint Venture comprising of CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd (CBGU D&C JV or CBGU) is responsible for delivering the Cross River Rail (CRR) Project (the Project) on behalf of the Cross River Rail Delivery Authority (the Delivery Authority). This Noise and Vibration Management Plan should be read in conjunction with the Project’s overarching Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP). The CEMP provides specific details regarding the background of the Project, the scope of the Project and the staging and timing of key milestones associated with the construction of the Project. 1.2 Context This Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (NVMP) forms part of the Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP) developed for the construction of the Project. The NVMP describes how the CBGU JV will manage and minimise potential noise and vibration impacts during construction of the Project. 1.3 Objectives The objectives of this Outline NVMP are to achieve the environmental outcomes stated in the Outline Environment Management Plan (OEMP) and the CEMP through the implementation of site-specific mitigation measures. It will also: • Nominate the Project’s monitoring and reporting requirements in relation to noise and vibration • Manage the impact on the local community in terms of noise and vibration from construction works • Monitor the effects of management and mitigation measures. 1.4 Legislative Framework 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation No Commonwealth legislation is specifically relevant to this NVMP. 1.4.2 State Legislation State legislation that is relevant to the Project and this NVMP includes: • Cross River Rail Delivery Authority Act 2016 • Environmental Protection Act 1994 • Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008 • Building Act 1975 • City of Brisbane Act 2010

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

• Economic Development Act 2012 • Explosives Act 1999 • Land Act 1994 • Land Title Act 1994 • Local Government Act 2009 • Planning Act 2016; • Queensland Heritage Act 1992 • State Development and Public Works Organisation Act 1971 • Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 • Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act 1994 • Transport Operations (Road Use Management) Act 1995 • Transport Planning and Coordination Act 1994 • Transport Security (Counter Terrorism) Act 2008 1.4.3 Approvals, Permits and Licences CBGU will obtain licences, permits and approvals as required by law and maintain them as required throughout the delivery phase of the project. No condition of the Infrastructure Approval removes the obligation for CBGU to obtain, renew or comply with such necessary licences, permits or approvals. All relevant approvals, permits and licences have been identified in the CEMP. There are no approvals expected to be required specifically in relation to noise and vibration. 1.4.4 Guidelines and Standards Project works must be undertaken in accordance with specific guidelines and standards. Guidelines and standards related to the management of noise and vibration include, but are not limited to: • Noise Measurement Manual (DEHP, 2013). • AS 1055 Acoustics – Description and Management of Environmental Noise. • AS 2436 Guide to Noise and Vibration Control on Construction, Demolition and Maintenance Sites. • AS 2107 Acoustics – Recommended design sound levels and reverberation times for building interiors. • AS 2377 Acoustics – Methods for the Measurement of Railbound Vehicle Noise. • Guideline Planning for Noise Control, Ecoaccess, DEHP, July 2017 • British Standard BS 7385 Part 2-1993 Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings Part 2 • NSW EPA’s Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006)

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

2 Required Outcomes 2.1 Coordinator-General Conditions Condition 10. Hours of Work a) Surface works for the Project are authorised to be undertaken within the hours of work set out in Table 1 below (reflective of the hours of work nominated in Appendix 1 of the Coordinator-General’s Change Report).

Table 1. Construction hours Worksite Surface works – Extended work hours Managed Work Spoil haulage and materials / standard hours equipment delivery Southern Portal Monday to Saturday, For approved rail possession 24 hours, 7 days 24 hours, 7 days 6.30am – 6.30pm – 80 hrs continuous work. (Other extended work) 6:30pm – 10:00pm, Monday to Friday

Boggo Road Railway Monday to Saturday, For approved rail possession 24 hours, 7 days Monday to Friday: Station 6.30am – 6.30pm – 80 hrs continuous work. 6.30am – 7.30am, (Other extended work) 9.00am – 2.30pm, Monday to Friday, 6:30pm – 4.30pm – 6.30pm 10:00pm Saturday: 6.30am – 6.30pm Dutton Park Railway Monday to Saturday, For approved rail possession n/a 24 hours, 7 days, except for: Station (track 6.30am – 6.30pm – 80 hrs continuous work Monday to Friday: connection) 7.00am – 9.00am, 4.30pm – 6.30pm Woolloongabba Monday to Saturday, Monday to Friday, 6:30pm – 24 hours, 7 days 24 hours, 7 days, except for: Railway Station 6.30am – 6.30pm 10:00pm Monday to Friday: 7.00am – 9.00am, 4.30pm – 6.30pm Albert Street Monday to Saturday, Monday to Friday 6:30pm – 24 hours, 7 days Monday to Friday: Railway Station 6.30am – 6.30pm 10:00pm 6.30am – 10.00pm Saturday: 6.30am – 6.30 pm Roma Street Railway Monday to Saturday, Monday to Friday 6:30pm – 24 hours, 7 days Monday to Friday: Station 6.30am – 6.30pm 10:00pm 6.30am – 7.30am, 9.00am – 4.30pm, 6.30pm –10.00pm Saturday: 6.30am - 6.30pm Northern portal Monday to Saturday, For approved rail possession 24 hours, 7 days Monday to Friday: 6.30am – 6.30pm – 80 hrs continuous work. 6.30am – 10.00pm (Other extended work) Saturday: Monday to Friday 6:30pm – 6.30am – 6.30pm 10:00pm

b) Project Works that are underground, or in a ventilated acoustic enclosure, may be undertaken at any time provided the environmental outcomes are achieved. c) Works carried out because of an emergency that: i. is endangering the life or health of a person; or ii. is endangering the structural safety of a building; or iii. is endangering the operation or safety of community infrastructure that is not a building; or

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

iv. is required to prevent environmental harm, may be undertaken outside the hours set out in Table 1. d) The following work may be undertaken during Extended Work Hours as set out in Table 1. subject to compliance with a specific Construction Environmental Management Plan sub-plan in accordance with Condition 4: i. Project Works within rail corridor land; ii. Project Works within a road reserve or busway that cannot be undertaken reasonably nor practicably during standard hours due to potential disruptions to peak traffic flows or bus operations; iii. Project Works involving the transport, assembly or decommissioning of oversized plant, equipment, components or structures; iv. delivery of "in time" materials such as concrete, hazardous materials, large components and machinery; v. Project Works that require continuous construction support, such as continuous concrete pours, pipe-jacking or other forms of ground support necessary to avoid a failure or construction incident. e) Blasting must not occur on public holidays, and is only authorised to occur during the hours of 7:30am to 4:30pm Monday to Saturday, and not on Sundays or public holidays. f) Prior to blasting events, at least 48 hours' notice must be provided to persons who may be adversely affected

Condition 11. Construction Noise and Vibration (a) Project Works must aim to achieve the project noise goals for human health and wellbeing in Table 2.

Table 2. Noise goals (internal) for Project Works Monday to Monday to Friday Monday to Saturday For Blasting Saturday 6.30am – 6.30pm – 10.00pm 6.30am – 6.30pm Monday to 6.30pm (Gabba, CBD only) Sundays, Public Saturday Holidays 7,30am – 4.30 pm only

Continuous (LAeq adj)(1hr) AS 2107 40 dBA 35 dBA 130 dB Liner Peak

Maximum design LAeq,adj (1 hr) LAeq,adj (1 hr) level

Intermittent(LA10 AS 2107 50 dBA 42 dBA

adj)(15min) Maximum design LA10,adj LA10,adj level + 10dBA Note 1: All goals are internal noise levels for human health and well-being outcomes Note 2: Where internal noise levels are unable to be measured or monitored, the typical noise reductions presented in the relevant State guideline, such as the Guideline Planning for Noise Control, Ecoaccess, DEHP, July 2017 (currently under review).

(b) During construction monitor and report on noise and vibration in accordance with the NVMP, a sub- plan of the CEMP. (c) Project Works predicted to or monitored as generating levels more than 20dBA (LAeq 10min, adj) above the relevant goal in Table 2 are authorised to occur in a locality only: — When advanced notification and consultation has been undertaken with Directly Affected Persons or potentially Directly Affected Persons about the particular predicted impacts and the approach to mitigation of such impacts

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

— Where mitigation measures addressing the particular predicted or measured impacts have been developed on a ‘case by case’ basis in consultation with Directly Affected Persons — Where the mitigation measures are incorporated in a mitigation register and implemented prior to undertaking the Project Works — Between the hours 7:00am to 6:00pm Monday to Friday, with a respite period between 12:00noon and 2:00pm each day. (d) Project Works must aim to achieve the construction vibration goals in Table 3 below:

Table 3. The construction vibration goals Receiver Type Cosmetic Damage Human Comfort (mm/s Sensitive PPV) Building Contents Continuous Transient Blasting Day Night (mm/s PPV) vibration (mm/s vibration vibration PPV) (mm/s PPV) (mm/s PPV) Residential According to According to 501 According to 0.52 - BS7385 BS7385 AS2670 reduced by 50%4 Commercial According to According to 50 According to - 0.53 BS7385 BS7385 AS2670 reduced by 50%4 Heritage Structures 2 - 10 - - - Note 1: All residential receivers in the vicinity of the Project blasting sites are regarded as reinforced or framed structures (i.e. BS 7385). Note 2: Residential sleep disturbance Note 3: Equipment specific vibration criteria is required for highly sensitive equipment (i.e. electron microscopes, MRI systems or similar), as part of future site-specific detailed investigations. Note 4: If resonance is present, or if investigations to detect resonance were not able to be undertaken due to a lack of access

(e) Where vibration protection criteria are available for sensitive building contents, predictive modelling must take into account the manufacturer’s specifications for tolerance to vibration. To the extent reasonable and practicable, those specifications apply in lieu of the construction vibration goals in Table 3. Where predictive modelling indicates the specified criteria would not be achieved by the Project Works, such works may proceed only in accordance with specific mitigation measures agreed with the potentially Directly Affected Persons. (f) Project Works predicted to or monitored as generating vibration levels more than 2mm/s for continuous vibration and 10mm/s for transient vibration may occur only: — Between the hours 7:00am to 6:00pm Monday to Friday, with a respite period between 12:00noon and 2:00pm each day, or — In accordance with the mitigation measures developed in consultation with and agreed by Directly Affected Persons that are incorporated in the Mitigation Register

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Condition 12. Property Damage (a) Prior to the commencement of Project Works, predictive modelling must be undertaken of potential ground movement that may be caused by the Project Works. Such predictive modelling must ascertain the potential for damage due to ground movement being caused to property by Project Works. (b) Where predictive modelling indicates the Project Works would lead to impacts above the vibration goals for cosmetic damage in Table 3. the proponent must prepare and submit a property damage sub-plan, prior to the commencement of such works, as part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan. The property damage sub-plan must set out the procedure for: a. advance communication with potentially Directly Affected Persons; b. procedures for building condition surveys both in advance of and following Project Works, including provision for consultation with property owners and occupants; c. monitoring to be undertaken for potential impacts to property; and d. mitigation measures. (c) Where a post-construction building condition survey identifies that property damage has occurred as a consequence of the Project Works, such damage must be repaired as soon as practicable by the Proponent at no cost to the property owners. Such repairs must be undertaken in consultation with the property owners and occupants and must return the premises at least to the condition existing prior to commencement of Project Works. The Proponent must agree the timing, method and extent of works required with the affected landowner and must gain permission to undertake such reparation works prior to their commencement. 2.2 Environmental Outcomes The following environmental outcomes in relation to noise and vibration are to be achieved for the Project: • Construction activities are designed, planned and implemented to maintain human health and wellbeing, to the extent reasonable and practicable. • Construction activities generally are designed, planned and implemented to maintain daily patterns of activity, and to minimise sleep disturbance at night. • Construction activities are managed to avoid vibration-related structural damage on all properties, to minimise vibration-related impacts on properties and sensitive plant and equipment. 2.3 Performance Criteria The following performance criteria must be achieved throughout the construction of the Project: Air-borne Noise • Project Works are designed, planned and implemented to achieve the noise goals specified in Table 2 (CG Condition 11) to the extent reasonable and practicable (OEMP, Outline Noise and Vibration Management Plan, pp 7(ONVMP)). • Where predictive modelling conducted prior to the commencement of works in a locality, indicates that the noise goals are likely to be exceeded:

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

— Potentially Directly Affected Persons must be identified and notified regarding the potential impacts and the mitigation measures proposed to address the impacts; — Mitigation measures must be included in a mitigation register and implemented prior to undertaking Project Works. Vibration • Project Works must be designed, planned and implemented to achieve the vibration goals specified in Table 3 (CG Condition 11) to the extent reasonable and practicable (ONVMP, pp 7). • Where predictive modelling, conducted prior to the commencement of works in a locality, indicates that the vibration goals are likely to be exceeded: — Potentially Directly Affected Persons must be identified and notified regarding the potential impacts and the mitigation measures proposed to address the impacts — Effective mitigation measures are included in a mitigation register and implemented prior to undertaking Relevant Project Works. • Any discussions with Directly Affected Persons must involve the community and stakeholder relations team. • For sensitive building contents, predictive modelling must take into account the manufacturer’s specifications for tolerance to vibration and adopt such specifications as goals for construction to avoid or minimise impacts on the normal operation of such equipment.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures 3.1 Impacts Construction of the Project has the potential to result in impacts related to noise and vibration. There will likely be an increase in noise along the Project alignment due to increased presence of machinery, tunnel boring activities and Project staff. Vibration from construction of the Project has the potential to impact nearby sensitive receptors and cause damage to adjacent buildings if mitigation measures are not implemented. It is relevant to note that the early works CEMP managed initial phases of construction including: • Site establishment • Demolition • Piling. As such, this NVMP addresses impacts and associated mitigation measures arising from the remaining phases of construction which broadly include but are not limited to: • Tunnel boring • Surface construction • Spoil haulage. 3.1.1 Southern Portal and Boggo Road The phases below were identified for southern portal construction works being representative of activities having potentially the greatest noise impact on the surrounding receivers. Multiple scenarios were developed based on all plant items, including haul trucks where applicable, operating simultaneously. These phases are: • Phase 3 – TBM support including spoil removal: — duration approximately 68 weeks — dominant noise sources include spoil trucks, front end loaders and tunnel ventilation — 24 hour per day construction with night-time works carried out inside an acoustic enclosure • Phase 4 – night-time truck (eg spoil, delivery etc) movements within the worksite near the entrance: — duration approximately 125 weeks — dominant noise sources include trucks prior to exiting the worksite at Lucy Street — 24 hour per day movements through the worksite For the works associated with the construction of the Boggo Road Station the following construction phases, durations and activities are of relevance to this NVMP: • Phase 2 – excavation to slab level and deck construction: — General earthworks and excavation — excavation 1 m below capping beam

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

— construction of top slab — dominant noise sources include jumbo drill rig, excavators, concrete trucks and front end loaders • Phase 3 – north and south shaft excavation: — dominant noise sources include jumbo drill rigs, excavators, front end loaders and spoil trucks — 24-hour per day construction with night-time works carried out inside an acoustic enclosure (spoil trucks day-time only). Areas that may be impacted by construction activities at Southern Portal are shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1 Southern Portal Construction Site and Receiver Areas

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Dominant noise and vibration sources for the Boggo Road Station worksite are identified during the following construction phases: Airborne and Ground borne noise • Phase 2 – Site Excavation (rockhammer, drilling machines, spoil trucks, Franna Crane) • Phase 2.1 – Tunnelling Support (roadheader, tunnel excavator, concrete trucks, Franna Crane, tower cranes/crawler crane and ventilation fans) • Phase 3 – Station Build (concrete trucks). Vibration

• Phase 2 – Site Excavation (rockhammer, diesel drilling machine, pneumatic hammer). 3.1.2 Woolloongabba Station Woolloongabba Station will support one of the main TBM staging areas. Generally, the launch worksites would be constructed using ‘cut and cover’ methodology. Tunnel spoil will be taken back to the main worksite at Woolloongabba. Pre-cast, reinforced concrete segments will be delivered to the Woollongabba worksite to support the TBM drives north. Four main phases of work will occur at this worksite. In assessing potential impacts associated with the remaining Phase 3 and 4 works, multiple scenarios were developed based on all plant items, including haul trucks where applicable, operating simultaneously. The phases are: • Phase 3 – shaft excavation in hard rock and spoil removal: — dominant noise sources include three jumbo drill rigs, excavators and front end loaders — potentially 24 hour per day construction. • Phase 4 – TBM support operations, including on-site spoil movements: — dominant noise sources include tunnel ventilation, front end loaders and haul trucks — 24 hour per day construction with night-time works carried out inside an acoustic enclosure. Areas that may be impacted by construction activities at Woolloongabba Station are shown in Figure 2.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Figure 2 Woolloongabba Station Construction Site and Receiver Areas

Dominant noise and vibration sources for the Woolloongabba Station worksite are identified during the following construction phases: Airborne noise: • Phase 2 – Site Excavation, Tunnelling Excavation, Spoil Shed Construction (roadheader, drilling jumbo, ventilation fans, moxies, construction vehicles) • Phase 3a – TBM assembly, Tunnelling Excavation, compressor, Franna cranes, roadheader, moxies, TBM assembly works/crane, cranes, concrete trucks, construction vehicles • Phase 3b – Tunnelling (compressor, Franna cranes, ventilation fans, moxies, TBM, construction vehicles) • Phase 4 – Station Build, Tunnel Lining, Plaza and Bridge Build (Plaza bridge build, concrete trucks). Ground borne noise: • Phase 2 – Site Excavation (rockhammers). Vibration:

• Phase 2 – Site Excavation (rockhammers).

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

3.1.3 Albert Street Station Phases were developed for Albert Street Station construction works being representative of activities having potentially the greatest noise impact on the surrounding receivers. Multiple scenarios have been developed based on all plant items, including haul trucks where applicable, operating simultaneously. The construction phase of relevance to this NVMP is: • Phase 3, 4 & 5 – base of shaft and cavern excavation excavation within an acoustic enclosure: — dominant noise sources include jumbo drill rigs, excavators and front end loaders — 24-hour per day construction Areas that may be impacted by construction activities at Albert Street Station are shown in Figure 3.

Figure 3 Albert Street Station Construction Site and Receiver Areas.

Dominant noise and vibration sources for the Albert Street Station worksite are identified during the following construction phases: Airborne noise: • Phase 4 (Lots 1 and 2) – Lot 1 Bulk Excavation and Cavern Top Heading (ventilation fans, rockhammers, pneumatic hammers, diesel drilling machines, Franna cranes, trucks) • Phases 5 and 6 (Lots 1 and 2) - Building Works (double hoists, concrete trucks and ventilation fans) • Phase 3 (Lot 3) - Excavation Bulk (excavation)

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

• Phase 4 (Lot 3) - Building Works (building works). Ground borne noise: • Phase 4 (Lot 1) Bulk excavation (rockhammer, pneumatic hammers, diesel drilling machines) • Phase 3 (Lot 3) – Bulk Excavation (rockhammer, pneumatic hammers, diesel drilling machines). Vibration:

• Phase 4 & 5 (Lots 1 and 2) – Tunnel Excavation (rockhammer, diesel drilling machine, pneumatic hammer). 3.1.4 Roma Street Station Phases were identified for construction works at Roma Street Station being representative of activities having potentially the greatest noise impact on the surrounding receivers. Multiple scenarios were developed based on all plant items, including haul trucks where applicable, operating simultaneously. The construction phase appropriate to this NVMP is: • Phase 3 – shaft excavation: — Central shaft — North shaft — Note: South shaft at Gallipoli Park continues under previous revision of CEMP — Dominant noise sources include jumbo drill rigs, excavators and front end loaders — 24 hour per day construction.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Areas that may be impacted by construction activities at Roma Street Station are shown in Figure 4.

Figure 4 Roma Street Station Construction Site and Receiver Areas.

Dominant noise and vibration sources for the Roma Street Station worksite are identified during the following construction phases: Airborne noise: • Phase 2 – Tunnel Excavation and Demolition (demolition of carpark ramp, ventilation fans, roadheaders, spoil trucks, concrete trucks) • Phase 3 – Tunnel Excavation, Demolition and Wester service shaft excavation (large rockhammers, concrete saws, construction vehicles, spoil trucks, roadheaders) • Phase 4 – Tunnel Excavation, Western service shaft building works and VT shaft excavation (spoil trucks, concrete trucks, tower crane, roadheader) • Phase 5- tunnel lining and VT shaft building works (tower crane, concrete trucks). Ground borne noise: • Phase 2 – Site Excavation (rockhammers, roadheaders, rock bolt rigs, ground anchor rigs). Vibration:

• Phase 2 – Site Excavation (rockhammers, roadheaders, rock bolt rigs, ground anchor rigs).

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

3.1.5 Northern Portal The main phases of construction occurring at the Northern Portal with the potential to produce noise and vibration include: • Phase 2 – trough excavation and spoil removal: — dominant noise sources include jumbo drill rigs and excavators • Phase 3 – TBM disassembly: — dominant noise sources include cranes and heavy vehicles Indicative areas that may be impacted by construction activities at the Northern Portal are shown in Figure 5. Key A - Educational

Figure 5 Northern Portal Construction Worksite and Receiver Areas

Airborne and Ground borne noise • Phase 2 – Site Excavation (rockhammer, drilling machines, spoil trucks, Franna Crane) • Phase 2.1 – Tunnelling Support (roadheader, tunnel excavator, concrete trucks, Franna Crane, tower cranes/crawler crane and ventilation fans). Vibration

• Phase 2 – Site Excavation (rockhammer, diesel drilling machine, pneumatic hammer). 3.1.6 Mechanical tunnel excavation Approximately 5.9 km of driven tunnelling would be required to construct each of the Project tunnels. Albert Street and Roma Street Station caverns would be constructed by roadheader, whilst Woolloongabba would be excavated by a combination of cut and cover methods and roadheader.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

TBM tunneling works The nearest receivers from the tunnels have been identified and the corresponding ground-borne vibration and noise levels have been predicted. There are no non-compliances predicted in respect of the vibration goals for damage to residential or heritage buildings. During the night-time, the residential vibration goal will have to be managed closely in some locations where the cover between the tunnel crown and the depth below surface is reduced by topographical variations (vibration levels generated at the surface of the ground during tunnel excavation is a function of many variables, including the excavation method, advance rate, depth below surface, ground (rock) hardness and the structure of surface strata). These management periods are predicted to occur only for a relatively short period, being less than one week for each TBM passby. While the predicted ground-borne noise would not exceed normal conversation, noise levels at any place, the predicted noise levels would be noticeable. Effective mitigation strategies would be required to maintain a reasonable acoustic amenity along the study corridor during TBM passbys. Roadheader tunneling works Cross passages There are no non compliances of the cosmetic damage vibration goal, neither the residential nor the stricter cosmetic damage to heritage buildings vibration goal. All residential receivers comply with the night-time vibration perceptibility goal of 0.5 mm/s PPV during the tunnelling works for the cross passages. Portals and underground stations A short section adjacent to the northern portal (after the TBM recover site) as well as the station caverns (except at Boggo Road), are proposed to be constructed by roadheader tunnelling. Predicted vibration levels for all residential receivers would comply with the ground-borne noise and vibration goals during the roadheader tunnelling works at the portals and station locations. 3.1.7 Low frequency noise assessment The low frequency noise assessment based on the EcoAccess ALFN Guideline includes an assessment of annoyance due to infrasound (dBG) and low frequency noise (LpA,LF). The assessment indicates that annoyance limits come into effect during driven tunnelling works associated with the Project for offset distances of up to 100 m. 3.1.8 Blasting Excavation of some sections of the stations, including Roma Street, Albert Street and Gabba and possibly sections along the tunnels including cross passages, benches, services areas and sumps, may be completed using drilling and blasting methods. The controlled use of explosive has been successfully used for sections of the works associated with the other Brisbane tunnels. It has been shown to be a more efficient method of rock excavation and leads to a reduced disruption to the community. For these reasons, it is often the preferred method of excavation in the harder competent rock mass sections. These other projects have been analysed to determine the quantity of explosive that can be used for each blast. The Coordinator Generals Conditions have specified the permissible level of vibration that different

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

buildings around the works can be subjected to. The conditions differentiate the types of buildings and propose guideline values that ensure the integrity of these structures will be maintained. Whilst these vibration values are such that persons around the blast may perceive the blast vibration, they are below values that have been presented in the international literature as representing the onset of damage. Using these relationships from other blasting projects in the Brisbane Tuff and Neranleigh Fernvale rock masses, the planned blast areas have been assessed and the scale of blasting has been determined. For impulsive vibration like that generated by blasting activities, a level of vibration between 0.5mm/s and 1mm/s is generally considered the limit of perception. At lower levels, the vibration is imperceptible. Around each blast area, the extent of perceptible vibration has been identified and persons within this zone will be contacted by the community team to advise on the blasting schedule. As the vibration propagates through the buildings and from floor to floor, the amplitude decreases. On the upper floors, the vibration may be imperceptible. In general, persons more than several hundred metres from blast will be unable to notice the vibration. Persons more than 100 metres may perceive the vibration although it would be felt similar to the vibration generated by heavy vehicles crossing an uneven road surface. Blast vibration levels will be controlled to comply with the guideline values though adjustments to the explosive weight. The areas where blasting is planned has been assessed and explosive quantities per blasthole modelled to vary between 1 and 10 kilograms with those blastholes closer to buildings requiring the lower explosive weights. The number of blastholes initiated within a pattern will vary, but the size of the blast has been shown to have minimal influence of the level of vibration. The size of each blast will be maximised to improve efficiency. Vibration levels will be monitored at multiple locations for each blast. The measured values will be analysed and each blast will be designed based upon previously recorded results. This proactive approach will ensure vibration levels are kept to within design guidelines. The duration of each blast will range from a few seconds through to typically not more than 15 seconds. Allowing for the time to establish a safe area free of the persons and the time to confirm the safety of the area after the blast, a total blast time of 10 to 20 minutes per blast is expected. Where possible, the time of the blasting will coincide with time of least impact for both the construction activities and for residents and businesses around the blast area. The timing will be refined based upon further discussion with these groups. There are no areas adjacent to any of the stations or above any section of the tunnels where it be necessary to evacuate persons from buildings as a result of the planned blasting activities. Best practices and safety will however restrict the area that pedestrians can access at the time of blasting. 3.2 Mitigation Measures 3.2.1 General – Noise • Initiate on-going and early consultations with potentially Directly Affected Persons to notify them of the proposed works and to determine suitable mitigation measures • Operators of construction equipment to be made aware of the potential noise/ vibration problems and of techniques to minimise emission through a continuous process of operator education. This will include regularly training staff and subcontractors (i.e. via toolbox talks) through to using equipment in ways to minimise noise

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

• Enclose equipment that generates higher levels of noise, subject to confirmation of noise levels of drill rig • Provide noise attenuation screens if required • Maintain plant and machinery in good working order, in accordance with CPB CMS management system • Scheduling noisy work such that it will coincide with high levels of ambient noise, for example during peak hour traffic periods, so that construction noise is partially masked • Substitution of noisy demolition practices with quieter ones, for example, using saw cutting in place of breaking • Lowest noise/vibration emitting plant and equipment that can economically undertake the work should be selected, wherever possible • Machines/ tools found to produce excessive noise/vibration compared to industry best practice should be removed from site or stood down until repairs or modification can be made; if repairs or modification are not possible then a suitable replacement should be found • Consultation with potentially affected entities to notify them of proposed works and determine suitable mitigation measures • Use of pre-fabricated materials for construction where possible • Initiate on-going and early consultations with potentially Directly Affected Persons to notify them of the proposed works and to determine suitable mitigation measures and implement the CEMP to achieve the outcomes developed in consultation with the potentially Directly Affected Persons • Maintain plant and machinery in good working order and operate mobile plant and power tools in a quiet and efficient manner • Switch plant and equipment off when not in use • Where appropriate fit effective residential class silencers to engine exhausts • Noise walls and hoardings are to be installed as required at relevant worksites. The proposed locations and designs for the noise walls are detailed in figures 6 through 10. • Construction works are to be undertaken during the nominated hours in Table 1 of Condition 10 of the RfPC-4 CG Imposed Conditions. • Where Out of Hours works are unavoidable, they are to be undertaken in accordance with: — Project Out of Hours Work Protocol — After consultation with the DA and any Directly Affected Persons — This NVMP and any specific agreed mitigation measures. 3.2.2 General – Vibration • Prior to the commencement of construction in a locality, predictive modelling of construction vibration likely from both surface and underground Project Works must be undertaken. The predictive modelling is to identify the likely impacts from ground-borne vibration and consequential ground-borne noise. • Where the works in a locality have predicted higher vibration, the following may occur:

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

— Conduct surveys in the locality to identify residential properties and other places especially sensitive to sleep disturbance (e.g. hospitals, nursing homes and child care centres) — Conduct surveys in the locality to identify and determine the specifications for building equipment known to be sensitive to vibration, such as computers, microscopes, surgical equipment, this detail is included in the Construction Monitoring Management Plan — Conduct pre- and post-construction building condition surveys where potential cosmetic (superficial) building damage is likely to occur as a consequence of Project Works (no cosmetic damage has been predicted) — Implement practical and reasonable mitigation measures that would achieve the environmental outcomes or achieve alternative outcomes developed in consultation with Directly Affected Persons. Mitigation measures for construction vibration at sensitive receivers may include one or more of the following, as well as other practical and reasonable mitigation measures where appropriate: • Changes in construction methods or programming, to avoid periods in which the predicted exceedance would impact on the most people, or during the operational hours of sensitive building equipment • Property treatments for properties predicted to be directly affected by exceedances of the goals. Such treatments must be agreed with the Directly Affected Persons prior to the commencement of the works 3.2.3 Southern Portal and Boggo Road Station Works • Notify in advance with Directly Affected Persons and near neighbours about the station and portal works and the surface works in the designated rail corridor between Dutton Park Station and Park Road Station. Notification must identify the activities likely to approach or exceed the noise and vibration goals for the Project. • Notify with the PA Hospital, TRI Building, ESA Village (Leukaemia Foundation) and the Ecosciences facility to minimise the effects of construction on people and sensitive equipment (e.g. Transmission Electron Microscopes or TEM). Confirm the technical specifications of the Ecosciences TEM vibration isolation system prior to commencement of vibration intensive Project Works. • Prior to the commencement of Project Works undertake predictive modelling to identify work likely to exceed the noise goals, and those properties likely to be impacted by such exceedances. If predictive modelling indicates that the construction noise goals would likely be exceeded during the Project Works, then mitigations may include: — Notification to Directly Affected Persons, local communities, particularly those south of Peter Doherty Street, west of Railway Terrace and the Quarry Street area north of the rail corridor about measures to mitigate night-time works in the rail corridor — Erect noise barriers around the station shaft and portal works, while having regard for the operational requirements of the rail corridor. Such noise barriers must also be capable of modification for dust control as necessary — All handling of construction spoil, including loading construction spoil vehicles, must occur within acoustic enclosures — Erect a noise barrier along the north-west side of the on-site spoil route adjacent to the rail track if night-time spoil removal is required

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

— Implement all other practical and reasonable mitigation measures to reduce noise impacts from the Project Works — Undertake monitoring of construction noise at residential and commercial premises predicted to be affected by the works (eg immediately to the west of Railway Terrace and Joe Baker Street, and premises to the north of Park Road Station). Where monitoring detects exceedances of the goals for human health and wellbeing, develop and implement mitigation measures in consultation with the Directly Affected Persons as soon as practicable after monitoring. • Noise mitigation measures for the Boggo Road Station Worksite includes a 5m high noise barrier along part of the northern site boundary (named NW02) and 4m to 5.5m high noise barrier along a section of the southern site boundary (named NW01). • Noise mitigation measures also include construction of an acoustic shed (named Western Acoustic Shed) for Out of Hours Work (OOHW) concrete deliveries. Refer to Figure 6 for noise barriers NW01 and NW02 and acoustic shed locations.

Figure 6 Boggo Road Station noise mitigation 3.2.4 Woolloongabba Worksite • Notify in advance with Directly Affected Persons and near neighbours about the station works at Woolloongabba and the tunnel corridor between Park Road Station and the Woolloongabba Worksite and between Woolloongabba Worksite and the Brisbane River. Notification must address the programme of works, including advanced notice of activities likely to approach or exceed the noise and vibration goals. • Prior to the commencement of Project Works undertake predictive modelling to identify work likely to exceed the noise goals, and properties likely to be impacted by such exceedances. If predictive modelling

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

indicates likely exceedances of the noise goals for human health and wellbeing design and implement mitigation measures to achieve the environmental outcomes. Mitigation measures at the Woolloongabba worksite may include: — Install acoustic enclosures, barriers or sheds to protect local communities including those on Vulture Street, Main Street and Stanley Street — An acoustic shed over the long-term construction shaft to mitigate the effects of spoil handling, materials deliveries and night works — The shed is to be ventilated and equipped with an air filtration system and acoustic- screened doors at the entry and exit points for spoil haulage vehicles — Project works that are underground, or in a ventilated acoustic enclosure, may be undertaken at any time provided the environmental objectives are achieved. — Implement all other practical and reasonable mitigation measures to reduce noise impacts from the Project Works. • Undertake monitoring of construction noise at nearby properties predicted to be affected. Subject to the findings of the facade noise measurements, mitigation measures may be required including temporary (or permanent) upgrades to the facade (e.g. double glazing, acoustic seals around doors etc.) in tandem with respite periods during services. • The acoustic shed being constructed as early in the programme as practicable. • Noise mitigation measures for the Woolloongabba Station Worksite includes use of the existing 2.4m high timber hoarding around the perimeter boundary, use of the existing busway concrete barrier and construction of a new 5m high noise barrier (named NW01) located near the eastern site boundary. • Noise mitigation measures also include construction of two acoustic sheds (named TBM Acoustic Spoil Shed, Concrete Delivery Acoustic Shed). Minor works will occur in the Workshop shed. Refer to Figure 7 for the existing hoarding, busway barrier and noise barrier NW01 and acoustic shed locations.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Figure 7 Woolloongabba Station noise mitigation 3.2.5 Albert Street and associated underground works • Notify in advance with Directly Affected Persons and near neighbours about the station works at Albert Street and the tunnel corridor between the Brisbane River, Albert Street and Roma Street. Notification must address the programme of works, including advanced notice of activities likely to exceed the noise and vibration goals. • Prior to the commencement of Project Works undertake predictive modelling to identify work likely to exceed the noise goals, and properties likely to be impacted by such exceedances. • Undertake monitoring of ground-borne vibration and noise at several places representative of the sensitive receivers along Albert Street, including at least residential premises and commercial premises containing sensitive office equipment. • If predictive modelling indicates likely exceedances of the noise or vibrations goals for human health and well-being, design and implement mitigation measures to achieve the environmental outcomes. Mitigation measures may include: — Installation of acoustic barriers or enclosures around the worksite to protect nearby sensitive receivers, and an acoustic shed over the long-term construction shaft off Albert Street to mitigate the effects of spoil handling, materials deliveries and general works. The acoustic shed is to be ventilated and equipped with an air filtration system

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

— Rock breaking be restricted to 7.00am to 6.00pm unless and until monitoring results indicate compliance with the noise goals or mitigation measures developed in consultation with Directly Affected Persons have been implemented — Ground-borne noise and vibration measurement trials be carried out for rock- breaking during the detailed design stage of the Project to accurately determine the extent of the impact and to allow sufficient time to develop an appropriate management strategy — Investigate alternative construction techniques with the aim of avoiding or minimising potential ground-borne noise impacts. For example, drill and blast could be more efficient than use of heavy rock breakers to impede vibration propagation — Implement all other practical and reasonable mitigation measures to reduce noise impacts from the Project Works. • Undertake monitoring of construction noise and vibration at places representative of the sensitive receivers along Albert Street, Mary Street and Charlotte Street, including at each residential premises, places of historic or heritage significance, and commercial premises containing sensitive office equipment. • The acoustic shed being constructed as early in the programme as practicable. • Noise mitigation measures for the Albert Street Station Lots 1 and 2 Worksite includes constructions of a 3m high noise barrier (named NW01), 5m high noise barrier (named NW02), 3m high noise barrier (named NW03) and 5m high noise barrier (named NW04). • Noise mitigation measures also include construction of one large acoustic shed (named Lot 2 Acoustic Shed). Minor works will occur in the Workshop shed. Refer to Figure 8 for noise barriers NW01, NW02, NW03 and NW04 and acoustic shed location.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Figure 8 Albert Street Station noise mitigation, Lots 1 and 2, Stages 2 to 6

Noise mitigation measures for the Albert Street Station Lot 3 Worksite includes constructions of a 4.5m high nose barrier (named NW05) along the north-east site boundary and construction of a 3m high nose barrier (named NW06) along the south-west site boundary. Refer to Figure 9 for noise barrier locations NW05 and NW06.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Figure 9 Albert Street Station noise mitigation, Lot 3 3.2.6 Roma Street Worksite and associated underground works • Notify in advance with Directly Affected Persons and near neighbours about the station works and the tunnel corridor, the programme of works and advance notice of activities likely to approach or exceed the noise or vibration goals. • Notify Directly Affected Persons prior to monitoring of noise and vibration at places representative of the sensitive receivers adjacent to Roma Street Station, including at least the Hotel Jen, the Abbey Apartments, Supreme Court, Magistrates Court, Roma Street commercial (Transcontinental Hotel) and Queensland Police Headquarters. • If predictive modelling indicates likely exceedances of the noise or vibration goals for human health and wellbeing, design and implement mitigation measures to achieve the environmental outcomes. Mitigation measures may include: — Installation of a ventilated acoustic shed over the station shaft and spoil loading facilities in the Roma Street worksite — Permitting night-time works likely to exceed the noise goals to be conducted only underground or within the acoustic shed except during extended hours, and only if the environmental outcomes would be achieved — Restricting rock breaking to 7.00am to 6.00pm until monitoring results indicate compliance with the ground-borne noise goals or mitigation measures developed in consultation with Directly Affected Persons have been implemented

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

— Ground-borne noise and vibration measurement trials are carried out for rock- breaking during the detailed design stage of the Project to accurately determine the extent of the impact and to allow sufficient time to develop an appropriate management strategy — Investigate alternative construction methods for works predicted to exceed the noise and vibration goals along the boundaries of the station shaft shared with adjacent buildings — Implement all other practical and reasonable mitigation measures to reduce noise impacts from the Project Works. • The acoustic shed being constructed as early in the programme as practicable • Noise mitigation measures for the Roma Street Station Worksite includes use of hoarding around the site’s perimeter boundary. • Noise mitigation measures also include construction of one acoustic shed (named Eastern Acoustic Shed). Minor works will occur in other temporary buildings named Worksheds and Tunnelling Workshop. Refer to Figure 10 for noise barrier locations and acoustic shed locations.

Figure 10 Roma Street Station noise mitigation 3.2.7 Northern Portal • Notify in advance with Directly Affected Persons and near neighbours about the programme of construction works, including early works and site preparation works. Notify residents of Gregory Terrace, businesses at the Centenary Aquatic Centre, and the administrations for each of Brisbane Girls’ Grammar School, St Joseph’s College Gregory Terrace and Brisbane Grammar School. • Prior to the commencement of Project Works undertake predictive modelling to identify work likely to exceed the noise goals, and properties likely to be impacted by such exceedances.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

• Where predictive modelling indicates potential exceedances of the noise and vibration goals for human health and wellbeing or human comfort for educational facilities, the Proponent must develop and implement mitigation measures in consultation with the Directly Affected Persons prior to the commencement of works. Mitigation measures may include: — Acoustic barriers or enclosures to screen works required for the tunnel boring machine (TBM) retrieval, and transition structures — Acoustic barriers or enclosures to screen the loading and transport of spoil material from the worksite — Implement all other practical and reasonable mitigation measures to reduce noise impacts from the Project Works. • Where monitoring detects exceedances of the goals for human health and wellbeing or human comfort, develop and implement mitigation measures in consultation with the Directly Affected Persons as soon as practicable after monitoring. 3.2.8 Mechanical tunnel construction • Prior to commencement and then progressively, undertake predictive modelling, supplemented by monitoring data to refine the model to identify potential exceedances of the goals for construction noise and vibration. This should consider potential impacts to heritage buildings. • Where such predictive modelling indicates the goals would be exceeded, undertake advance consultation with Directly Affected Persons, to develop mitigation measures and to inform them of the construction programme and the likely duration of the predicted exceedance. • Generally, undertake advance consultation in localities, ahead of tunnelling activities. Consultation is to include information on the rate of progress, the potential effects and the monitoring programme which may require involvement from residents located above the main tunnel alignments. • In localities where predictive modelling indicates a risk of exceedances of the goals for construction vibration, conduct building condition surveys before and following completion of tunnel construction. Building condition surveys are to be conducted by agreement with potentially affected landowners. • Conduct monitoring of ground-borne noise and vibration along the main tunnel alignments and in proximity to the underground stations to inform and refine predictive modelling and the development of mitigation measures, and to provide feedback to the community and regulatory agencies on performance in relation to the goals for construction noise and vibration. 3.2.9 Low frequency construction noise • Implement a comprehensive notification and education programme to inform the community in localities where low frequency noise goals would likely be exceeded during tunnelling works. • Provide local communities with tunnelling progress and subsequent likely (temporary) exposure periods. • Restrict heavy goods vehicle movements to operating only on designated haulage routs for construction materials and spoil.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

3.2.10 Blasting As per the CG Conditions at least 48 hours prior to any blasting notice must be provided to persons who may be adversely affected. • Where drilling and blasting is proposed, mitigation measures should consider: — Utilising the latest available blasting technology — Pre-blasting condition surveys of adjacent buildings — Early notifications with local communities and pre-warnings of the timing of the blast activities. • Limit blasting to between 7.30am and 4.30pm Monday to Saturday (not on Sundays and public holidays), desirably to regular scheduled times in localities where repeated blasting is required by construction or ground conditions.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

4 Compliance Management 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities The organisational responsibilities and accountabilities in relation to environmental management throughout Project construction works are outlined in the overarching CEMP 4.2 Induction and Training 4.2.1 Environmental Induction All CBGU staff, subcontractors and visitors to worksites must attend general induction training that covers general environmental management requirements, site-wide controls and site-specific and work specific risks and mitigation measures. Further details regarding environmental induction requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.2.2 Environmental Training Details regarding environmental training requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.3 Incidents and Emergencies 4.3.1 Incident Notification The immediate response to all incidents is to make the area safe and undertake measures to prevent further environmental harm. The Environment and Sustainability Manager, Shared Services Director and Project Director should be notified immediately in the event of an environmental incident.. Further details regarding Incident Notification, have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.4 Incident Types For the purpose of this NVMP, incidents include, but are not limited to: • Any breach of the legislation or an approval or permit condition • Failure to implement mitigation (when required) in aiming for the noise goals • Complaint or notification in relation to noise or vibration. 4.5 Incident Classification and Procedure Incident Classification and Procedure has been identified within the overarching CEMP. 4.6 Incident Prevention Management Key effective incident prevention is undertaken through environmental inspections and monitoring for the duration of commissioning. During construction works the following preventative strategies will be implemented: • Daily informal visual inspections of active work sites

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

• Completion of the Project’s Environmental Checklist • Timely close out of corrective actions as identified in the Project’s Environmental Checklist • Prompt maintenance and repairs identified by daily visual checks of corrective actions as identified in the Project’s Environmental Checklist • Environmental training identified in the CEMP as being required • Environmental audits as identified in the CEMP. Preventative or corrective actions will be identified in response to an environmental incident, during daily visual inspections or through the Project’s Environmental Checklist. 4.7 Incident Investigation The Incident Investigation process has been specified in the overarching CEMP. 4.8 Complaint Management All complaints are to be dealt with in accordance with the complaints management procedure outlined in the CEMP. Validated complaints about waste management must be addressed as soon as practicable after the complaint has been made and in accordance with the complaints management procedure outlined in the CEP and/or CSEP. Should there be an absence of monitoring data to confirm or refute the complaint, a visual inspection may be undertaken and the findings reported to both the Environmental Monitor and the complainant. The Environmental Monitor may require a site-specific monitoring campaign to inform the development of additional mitigation measures.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

5.1.1.2 Vibration monitoring Vibration goals and impacts have been assessed based on absolute criteria. Nonetheless, measurement of the existing ambient vibration levels along the study corridor were monitored to compare with potential vibration levels during construction. Ambient vibration monitoring was conducted at eleven residential and special use (for example educational/ research or medical facilities) locations along the study corridor. The unattended ambient vibration measurements were used to determine the Average Minimum Background Level (V90), Average Maximum Level (V10) and Maximum Level (V1) for the day-time (7.00 am to 6.00 pm), evening (6.00 pm to 10.00 pm) and night-time (10.00 pm to 7.00 am) periods at each location. Vibration measurements are expressed as peak particle velocities (PPV in mm/s). Appendix B contains the determined vibration levels for each measurement location as well as the vibration monitoring locations. 5.1.2 Performance Monitoring Monitoring will be undertaken at various sensitive receptors to validate the impacts predicted for the Project to measure the effectiveness of environmental controls and implementation of this NVMP. The monitoring may also help in addressing any potential Community Complaints that may be received. The monitoring requirements for noise and vibration are outlined below. • During the construction phase, implement noise and vibration monitoring, based on activity and proximity to residences or other sensitive receivers. Monitoring should be conducted at the closest

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

sensitive receptors within 48 hours of the commencement of high noise generating activities, or on a case-by-case basis to substantiate impacts and noise and/or vibration complaints. • Undertake daily inspections of the Project Works to confirm implementation of mitigation measures included in the mitigation register. • Undertake daily inspections at each worksite to check acoustic enclosures and barriers for damage that could limit effectiveness, and to identify any sources of unnecessary or excessive noise for which there are no registered mitigation measures. • Properties addresses identified in the deed or other approvals. • Prior to the commencement of works, and with the owners' consent, undertake pre- condition surveys for buildings on heritage registers and other structures predicted to be at risk of cosmetic or other building damage.

5.1.2.1 Sensitive Infrastructure Monitoring The Project has prepared a proposed monitoring regime for sensitive infrastructure that may be impacted by the project. In summary, it may include monitoring provisions for the following areas and structures: • Eco-sciences building • Princess Alexandra Hospital • Russian Orthodox Church • 600mm Cast Iron Water Main on Vulture Street • S1 sewer in Turbot Street • The Clem 7 • Heritage-listed Roma Street Station. For additional information, refer to Construction Monitoring Management Plan. 5.2 Auditing Auditing will be undertaken to verify compliance with the CEMP and Coordinator-General’s Imposed Conditions. The audits will include review of any prior audits and the impacts of associated corrective actions. The auditing requirements for the Project have been specified within the overarching CEMP. 5.3 Corrective Action Corrective actions must be undertaken where monitoring or validated complaints indicate the environmental outcomes or Imposed Conditions are not achieved in relation to particular works, either because the performance criteria have not been met, or mitigation measures have not been implemented. Where corrective actions become necessary, the specific works that do not achieve the environmental outcomes or meet the Imposed Conditions must cease until the corrective actions have been developed and implemented.

The process for developing and implementing Correction Actions has been specified within the overarching CEMP.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

5.4 Reporting 5.4.1 Monthly Report To ensure compliance with Coordinator-General Condition 6 and where relevant the OEMP, CBGU will prepare and submit a monthly report within 6 weeks from the end of the month. The Monthly Report will include: (i) monitoring data required by the imposed conditions or Construction Environmental Management Plan undertaken for the period and, where required, an interpretation of the results; (ii) details of any Non-Compliance Event, including a description of the incident, resulting effects, corrective actions, revised construction practices to prevent a recurrence, responsibility and timing; (iii) reporting of complaints, including the number of complaints, description of issues, responses and corrective actions. 5.4.2 Incidents and Non-Compliance Reporting Environmental incidents meeting the criteria of an NCE shall be notified verbally (OEMP p33) as soon as practical and in writing within 48 hours of becoming aware of an incident occurring to the Development Authority. Notification will generally be undertaken by the Environment and Sustainability Manager or a member of the CBGU environment team. Additional notification of the incident to the relevant authorities, EM and parent companies will also be undertaken as required. Further details regarding reporting, including provision of interim and detail reports have been provided in the overarching CEMP. 5.5 Documentation and Communication 5.5.1 Environmental Records The process for managing and collecting environmental records is detailed in the overarching CEMP. All relevant records in relation to air quality must be maintained in accordance with these requirements. 5.5.2 Document Control Document control requirements have been specifically addressed within the overarching CEMP. 5.5.3 Review and Improvement Revisions to this NVMP may also be required during the Project to reflect changing circumstances or identified deficiencies. Revisions may result from: • Management Review • Audit (either internal or by external parties) • Complaints or non-conformance reports • Changes to the Company’s standard system.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

5.5.4 Communication All internal and external communication with all stakeholders including the public, Coordinator-General, government agencies and the Delivery Authority must be done in accordance with the requirements of the overarching CEMP.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Appendix A Baseline Noise Monitoring

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Baseline noise monitoring was conducted at 13 selected locations along the project route by SLR Consulting. The monitoring report entitled Baseline Environmental Study Noise and Vibration Monitoring Report [SLR Ref: 620.12433.00200-R01, Version No. -v3.0, dated July 2019] provides a summary of noise monitoring results over several days at each location. Table 4 presents a summary of baseline noise monitoring results from the SLR report. Noise levels are measured outdoors or external to building structures.

Table 4 Baseline Noise Monitoring Results (SLR Report July 2019)

ID Location Start – End Dates Period Time RBL LAeq,T LA10,T LA1,T LAmax

1 Ecosciences Start – 03/09/18 Day 07:00 am – 47 61 61 67 97 Precinct – End – 14/09/18 06:00 pm CSIRO, 41 Boggo Evening 06:00 pm – 46 58 60 68 87 Rd, Dutton Park 10:00 pm Night 10:00 pm – 42 54 52 64 89 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 47 59 61 68 97 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 47 59 61 68 97 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 43 60 59 66 97 11:59 pm 2 Main Street – Start – 04/09/19 Day 07:00 am – 55 64 66 71 98 848 Main St, End – 14/09/19 06:00 pm Woolloongabba Evening 06:00 pm – 52 62 64 70 91 Sports House 10:00 pm South Night 10:00 pm – 48 60 62 68 87 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 55 64 66 72 98 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 53 63 65 71 98 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 49 64 65 71 98 11:59 pm 4 Leukaemia Start – 06/09/18 Day 07:00 am – 47 61 61 69 97 Foundation – 41 End – 14/09/18 06:00 pm Peter Doherty Evening 06:00 pm – 48 61 62 69 91 St, Dutton Parl 10:00 pm Night 10:00 pm – 42 60 53 64 96 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 47 60 61 69 97 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 47 60 61 69 97 (Extended) 10:00 pm

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

ID Location Start – End Dates Period Time RBL LAeq,T LA10,T LA1,T LAmax

24-Hour 12:00 am – 43 61 60 68 97 11:59 pm 5 Dutton Street – Start – 27/09/18 Day 07:00 am – 45 61 57 66 108 39 Dutton End – 05/10/18 06:00 pm Street, also Evening 06:00 pm – 45 58 56 65 110 known as 42 10:00 pm Railway Terrace, Dutton Park Night 10:00 pm – 40 56 52 63 95 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 45 58 57 66 108 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 45 58 57 66 110 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 41 62 56 65 110 11:59 pm 6 Stanley Street – Start – 25/12/18 Day 07:00 am – 56 67 69 74 104 765 Stanley St, End – 06/01/19 06:00 pm Woolloongabba Evening 06:00 pm – 53 66 68 72 101 Old Post Office 10:00 pm Night 10:00 pm – 46 63 64 70 98 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 55 67 69 74 104 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 54 67 69 73 104 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 47 65 68 72 104 11:59 pm 7 Parkland Start – 18/09/18 Day 07:00 am – 53 58 59 64 102 Boulevard – 3 End – 26/09/18 06:00 pm Parkland Blvd, Evening 06:00 pm – 48 56 57 62 83 Brisbane City 10:00 pm Night 10:00 pm – 43 52 53 58 85 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 52 58 59 64 102 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 50 58 59 64 102 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 44 56 58 62 102 11:59 pm 8 Dutton Park Start – 27/09/18 Day 07:00 am – 41 54 55 61 88 School – 112 06:00 pm

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

ID Location Start – End Dates Period Time RBL LAeq,T LA10,T LA1,T LAmax

Annerley Rd, End – 05/10/18 Evening 06:00 pm – 42 53 53 60 78 Dutton Park 10:00 pm Night 10:00 pm – 36 50 47 56 82 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 41 54 55 62 88 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 41 54 54 52 88 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 37 63 53 60 88 11:59 pm 9 Transcontinental Start – 08/10/18 Day 07:00 am – 69 69 72 76 111 Hotel – 482 End – 02/11/18 06:00 pm George St, Evening 06:00 pm – 58 68 69 74 108 Brisbane City 10:00 pm Night 10:00 pm – 51 62 66 72 97 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 60 69 72 76 111 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 58 69 71 75 111 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 52 68 70 75 111 11:59 pm 10 The Sebel – 95 Start – 28/09/18 Day 07:00 am – 60 63 64 68 96 Charlotte St, End – 08/10/18 06:00 pm Brisbane City Evening 06:00 pm – 59 62 62 66 91 10:00 pm Night 10:00 pm – 56 61 61 66 94 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 60 63 64 68 96 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 59 63 64 68 96 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 57 62 63 68 96 11:59 pm 11 Brisbane Girls Start – 12/11/18 Day 07:00 am – 56 61 62 69 92 Grammar School End – 19/11/18 06:00 pm – 70 Gregory Evening 06:00 pm – 54 60 59 68 90 Tce, Spring Hill 10:00 pm Night 10:00 pm – 45 60 57 68 97 07:00 am

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

ID Location Start – End Dates Period Time RBL LAeq,T LA10,T LA1,T LAmax

Construction 06:30 am – 56 61 62 69 92 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 55 61 62 69 92 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 47 59 61 68 97 11:59 pm 15 Russian Start – 25/12/18 Day 07:00 am – 47 61 61 67 97 Orthodox End – 06/01/19 06:00 pm Cathedral – 344 Evening 06:00 pm – 46 58 60 68 87 Vulture St, 10:00 pm Woolloongabba Night 10:00 pm – 42 54 52 64 89 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 47 59 61 68 97 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 47 59 61 68 97 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 43 60 59 66 97 11:59 pm 19 Victoria Park – Start – 05/09/18 Day 07:00 am – 54 59 60 65 98 454 Gregory End – 14/09/18 06:00 pm Tce, Spring Hill Evening 06:00 pm – 51 57 58 64 82 10:00 pm Night 10:00 pm – 43 57 57 64 86 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 54 59 60 65 98 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 52 58 60 64 98 (Extended) 10:00 pm 24-Hour 12:00 am – 45 58 59 64 98 11:59 pm 23 Albert St – 96 Start – 08/10/18 Day 07:00 am – 61 67 68 73 110 Albert St, End – 30/10/18 06:00 pm Brisbane City Evening 06:00 pm – 59 66 67 72 111 10:00 pm Night 10:00 pm – 56 64 64 72 104 07:00 am Construction 06:30 am – 61 67 68 73 110 (Normal) 6:30 pm Construction 06:30 am – 60 67 68 73 111 (Extended) 10:00 pm

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

ID Location Start – End Dates Period Time RBL LAeq,T LA10,T LA1,T LAmax

24-Hour 12:00 am – 56 66 67 73 111 11:59 pm

Where: • The RBL is the overall background noise level for the daytime (07:00 am to 06:00 pm), evening (06:00 pm to 10:00 pm) and night-time (10:00 pm to 07:00 am) periods and is the median of the measured

hourly LA90 noise levels during each period. The RBL for each period was defined with reference to the Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy 2008 (EPP Noise) and DES’s Ecoaccess guideline – Planning for Noise Control.

• The LA90 is the noise level exceeded for 90% of the monitoring period i.e. it excludes the upper 10% of the noise levels, and in this regard provides a measure of the steady state noise environment which is often applied as the background noise level.

• The LAeq descriptor is routinely applied as a measure of environmental noise over defined periods such

as 15-minute intervals or the 15-hour daytime between 7:00 am and 10:00 pm. The LAeq noise level is equivalent to the total sound energy occurring during the period and, whilst not strictly the case, can be thought of an ‘average’ noise level for the monitoring event.

• The LA10 is the noise level exceeded for 10% of the monitoring period. In Queensland, road traffic noise

is measured and assessed LA10 noise descriptor.

• The LA1 noise metric is the noise level exceeded for 1% of the monitoring period and, because it is representative of the higher noise levels within a monitoring period, is often used in relation to impacts and discrete high noise or transient noise events.

• The LAmax is the maximum noise level generated from a single noise event is often applied in relation to annoyance or disturbance impacts.

The measured noise levels were analysed for the following time periods: • The periods of daytime (07:00 am to 06:00 pm), evening (06:00 pm to 10:00 pm) and night-time (10:00 pm to 07:00 am) from EPP Noise. • 06:30 am to 06:30 pm which is the daytime hours for building works as specified in the Queensland Environmental Protection Act 1994, and 06:30 am to 10:00 pm for the extended building works as specified in Appendix 1, Condition 6 of Cross River Rail Project, Coordinator-General’s change report – Temporary Roma Street Coach Terminal 2018 (CRRP-CGCR). • 12:00 am to 11:59 pm which is the construction work hours for surface works as specified in the Appendix 1, Condition 10 of CRRP-CGCR.

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Appendix B Baseline Vibration Monitoring

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Baseline vibration monitoring was conducted at 11 selected locations along the project route by SLR Consulting. The monitoring report entitled Baseline Environmental Study Noise and Vibration Monitoring Report [SLR Ref: 620.12433.00200-R01, Version No. -v3.0, dated July 2019] provides a summary of vibration monitoring results over several days at each location. Table 5 presents a summary of baseline vibration monitoring results from the SLR report. Vibration levels were taken at the foundations of the nearest sensitive buildings.

Table 5 Baseline Vibration Monitoring Results (SLR Report July 2019)

ID Location Building Date Measured Maximum Peak Measured Classification Peak Component Particle Frequency of Velocity (mm/s) Vibration (Hz)

1 Ecosciences Sensitive Monday, 3 September 0.1 27 Precinct – building 2018 CSIRO, 41 Boggo contents Tuesday, 4 September 0.2 37 Rd, Dutton Park 2018 Wednesday, 5 0.3 39 September 2018 Thursday, 6 September 0.1 64 2018 Friday, 7 September 0.1 43 2018 Saturday, 8 September 0.1 73 4 Leukaemia Cosmetic Friday, 7 September 0.1 2 Foundation – 41 Damage 2018 Peter Doherty Saturday, 8 September 0.1 34 St, Dutton Park Sunday, 9 September 0.1 20 Monday, 10 September 0.1 73 Tuesday, 11 September 0.1 85 2018 Wednesday, 12 0.1 8 September 2018 Thursday, 13 0.1 10 September 2018 6 Stanley Street – Heritage Tuesday, 25 December 0.3 >100 765 Stanley St, Building 2018 Woolloongabba Wednesday, 26 0.2 64 Old Post Office December 2018 Thursday, 27 0.4 >100 December 2018 Friday, 28 December 0.5 24 2018 Tuesday, 1 January 1.0 >100 2019

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Wednesday, 2 January 1.0 >100 2019 Thursday, 3 January 1.0 >100 2019 Friday, 4 January 2019 1.0 22 Saturday, 5 January 1.0 >100 2019 Sunday, 6 January 2019 1.0 21 7 Parkland Cosmetic Tuesday, 18 September 3.7 11 Boulevard – 3 Damage 2018 Parkland Blvd, Wednesday, 19 0.3 >100 Brisbane City September 2018 Thursday, 20 0.2 >100 September 2018 Friday, 21 September 0.2 >100 2018 Saturday 22, 0.5 >100 September 2018 Sunday, 23 September 0.1 >100 2018 Monday, 24 September 0.1 >100 2018 9 Transcontinental Heritage Monday, 8 October 0.2 >100 Hotel – 482 Building 2018 George St, Tuesday, 9 October 0.2 >100 Brisbane City 2018 Wednesday, 10 0.2 85 October 2018 Thursday, 11 October 0.3 >100 2018 Friday, 12 October 0.2 >100 2018 Saturday, 13 October 0.1 39 2018 Sunday, 14 October 0.1 64 10 The Sebel – 95 Cosmetic Monday, 3 September 0.1 27 Charlotte St, Damage 2018 Brisbane City Tuesday, 4 September 0.2 37 2018 Wednesday, 5 0.3 39 September 2018

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Thursday, 6 September 0.1 64 2018 Friday, 7 September 0.1 43 2018 Saturday, 8 September 0.1 73 2018 Sunday, 9 September 0.1 >100 2018 11 Brisbane Girls Cosmetic Monday, 3 September 0.1 27 Grammar School Damage 2018 – 70 Gregory Tuesday, 4 September 0.2 37 Tce, Spring Hill 2018 Wednesday, 5 0.3 39 September Thursday, 6 September 0.1 64 2018 Friday, 7 September 0.1 43 2018 Saturday, 8 September 0.1 73 2018 Sunday, 9 September 0.1 >100 2018 12 Princess Cosmetic Wednesday, 24 0.9 >100 Alexandra Damage October 2018 Hospital – 199 Thursday, 25 October 0.9 >100 Ipswich Rd, 2018 Woolloongabba Friday, 26 October 0.9 >100 2018 Saturday, 27 October 0.9 >100 2018 Sunday, 28 October 0.9 >100 2018 Monday, 29 October 0.9 57 2018 Tuesday, 30 October 0.8 >100 2018 15 Russian Cosmetic Tuesday, 25 December 2.4 >100 Orthodox Damage 2018 Cathedral – 344 Wednesday, 26 0.8 >100 Vulture St, December 2018 Woolloongabba Thursday, 27 0.7 >100 December 2018

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Friday, 28 December 1.1 >100 2018 Saturday, 29 December 0.5 >100 2018 Sunday, 30 December 1.1 >100 2018 Monday, 31 December 0.7 28 2018 Tuesday, 1 January 0.7 >100 2019 Wednesday, 2 January 0.3 >100 2019 Thursday, 3 January 0.7 >100 2019 Friday, 4 January 2019 0.3 >100 Saturday, 5 January 0.2 64 2019 Sunday, 6 January 2019 0.4 >100 17 Mantra on Mary Cosmetic Tuesday, 2 October 0.2 51 – 70 Mary St, Damage 2018 Brisbane City Wednesday, 3 October 0.2 32 2018 Thursday, 4 October 0.2 37 2018 Friday, 5 October 2018 0.3 >100 Saturday, 6 October 0.2 64 2018 Sunday, 7 October 0.2 >100 2018 Monday, 8 October 31.7 73 2018 25 Boggo Road Jail Heritage Monday, 3 September 0.4 >100 – 21 Boggo Structure 2018 Road, Dutton Tuesday, 4 September 0.2 2 Park 2018 Wednesday, 5 0.1 >100 September 2018 Thursday, 6 September 0.2 >100 2018 Friday, 7 September 0.3 >100 2018

Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Saturday, 8 September 0.3 >100 2018 Sunday, 9 September 0.8 >100

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Compliance Matrix

Table 1 Compliance matrix

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED IN SECTION REFERENCE Coordinator-General’s change report – whole of project refinements 2019 Appendix 1 – Part C – Condition 11 and 12 G. During construction monitor and report on noise and vibration in accordance This Plan, with the NVMP, a sub-plan of the CEMP Community and H. Project Works must aim to achieve the construction vibration goals in Table 3 Stakeholder Engagement below: Plan and the Noise and Vibration Management Receiver Cosmetic Damage Human Comfort Sensitive Plan Type (mm/s PPV) Building Contents Continuous Transient Blasting Day Night (mm/s vibration vibration vibration PPV) (mm/s PPV) (mm/s (mm/s PPV) PPV) Residential According According 501 According 0.52 - to BS7385 to to reduced by BS7385 AS2670 50%4 Commercial According According 50 According - 0.53 to BS7385 to to reduced by BS7385 AS2670 50%4 Heritage 2 - 10 - - - Condition Structures 11 Note 1: All residential receivers in the vicinity of the Project blasting sites are regarded as reinforced or framed structures (i.e. BS 7385).

Note 2: Residential sleep disturbance

Note 3: Equipment specific vibration criteria is required for highly sensitive equipment (i.e. electron microscopes, MRI systems or similar), as part of future site-specific detailed investigations. Note 4: If resonance is present, or if investigations to detect resonance were not able to be undertaken due to a lack of access (i) Where vibration protection criteria are available for sensitive building contents, predictive modelling must take into account the manufacturer’s specifications for tolerance to vibration. To the extent reasonable and practicable, those specifications apply in lieu of the construction vibration goals in Table 3. Where predictive modelling indicates the specified criteria would not be achieved by the Project Works, such works may proceed only in accordance with specific mitigation measures agreed with the potentially Directly Affected Persons. (ii) Where vibration protection criteria are available for sensitive building contents, predictive modelling must take into account the manufacturer’s specifications for tolerance to vibration. To the extent reasonable and practicable, those specifications apply in lieu of the construction vibration goals in Table 3. Where predictive modelling indicates the specified criteria would not be achieved by the Project Works, such works may proceed only in accordance with specific mitigation measures agreed with the potentially Directly Affected Persons. (iii) Where mitigation measures need to be adopted with respect to heritage listed places, consultation with the relevant agency must occur

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

CRRDA REQUIREMENT ADDRESSED IN SECTION REFERENCE A. Prior to the commencement of Project Works, predictive modelling must This Plan be undertaken of potential ground movement that may be caused by the Project Works. Such predictive modelling must ascertain the potential for damage due to ground movement being caused to property by Project Works. B. Where predictive modelling indicates the Project Works would lead to impacts above the vibration goals for cosmetic damage in Table 3. the proponent must prepare and submit a property damage sub-plan, prior to the commencement of such works, as part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan. The property damage sub-plan must set out the procedure for: I. advance communication with potentially Directly Affected Persons; Condition II. procedures for building condition surveys both in advance of and 12 following Project Works, including provision for consultation with property owners and occupants; III. monitoring to be undertaken for potential impacts to property; and IV. mitigation measures. (i) Where a post-construction building condition survey identifies that property damage has occurred as a consequence of the Project Works, such damage must be repaired as soon as practicable by the Proponent at no cost to the property owners. Such repairs must be undertaken in consultation with the property owners and occupants and must return the premises at least to the condition existing prior to commencement of Project Works. The Proponent must agree the timing, method and extent of works required with the affected landowner and must gain permission to undertake such reparation works prior to their commencement.

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Details of Revision Amendments Document Control The CBGU Project Director is responsible for ensuring that this Plan is reviewed and approved. The Project Environment & Sustainability Manager is responsible for updating this Plan to reflect changes to the Project, legal and other requirements, as required. Amendments Any revisions or amendments must be approved by the CBGU Project Director or the Delivery Authority before being distributed / implemented. Distribution and Authorisation The CBGU Project Director is responsible for the distribution of this Plan. The controlled master version of this document is available for distribution as appropriate and maintained on TeamBinder. All circulated hard copies of this document are deemed to be uncontrolled. All personnel employed on the Project will perform their duties in accordance with the requirements of this Plan, supporting management plans, and related procedures.

iii

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Table of Contents 1 Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Background ...... 1 1.2 Context ...... 1 1.3 Objectives ...... 1 1.4 Legislative Framework ...... 2 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation ...... 2 1.4.2 State Legislation ...... 2 1.4.3 Local Legislation ...... 2 1.4.4 Approvals, Permits, and Licences ...... 2 1.4.5 Guidelines and Standards ...... 2 2.1 Environmental Outcomes ...... 3 2.2 Performance Criteria ...... 3 2.3 Archaeological Management Plan ...... 3 3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...... 5 3.1 Impacts ...... 5 3.1.1 General Impacts ...... 5 3.1.2 Specific Impacts ...... 5 3.2 Mitigation Measures ...... 8 3.2.1 General Mitigation Measures...... 8 3.2.2 Specific Mitigation Measures ...... 9 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ...... 16 4.2 Induction and Training ...... 16 4.2.1 Environmental (Cultural Heritage) Induction ...... 16 4.3 Communication ...... 16 4.3.1 Incident Notification ...... 16 4.3.2 Incident Types ...... 16 4.3.3 Incident Prevention Management ...... 16 4.3.4 Incident Investigation ...... 17 4.3.5 Complaint Management ...... 17 5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting ...... 18 5.1 Monitoring ...... 18 5.1.1 Performance Monitoring ...... 18 5.1.2 Auditing ...... 18 5.1.3 Corrective Actions ...... 18 5.2 Reporting ...... 19 5.2.1 Environmental Reporting ...... 19 5.3 Documentation and Communication ...... 19

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

5.3.1 Document Control ...... 19 5.3.2 Review ...... 19 5.3.3 Communication ...... 20

Table of Tables Table 1 Compliance matrix...... i Table 2 Referenced Documents ...... vi Table 3 Terms...... vii Table 4 Environmental approvals, permits and licences ...... 2

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Referenced Documents The following provides a list of referenced documents either as a sub-plan to this plan or referenced from. Table 2 Referenced Documents

Document Number Document Name Location of Controlled Version Referenced Project Plans include: CRRTSD-EN-MPL-CBGU-000019 Construction Environment Management Plan CRRTSD-CU-MPL-CBGU-000018 Communications and Stakeholder Engagement Management Plan CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000001 Air Quality Management Plan CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000013 Noise and Vibration Management Plan CRRTSD-EN-ENMP-CBGU-000014 Land Management Plan

Note: this Management Plan may not contain the current version of the document listed above. Refer to the ‘location of controlled version’ for the most current version.

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Glossary of Terms Table 3 Terms

Acronym Definition

All Staff Means all employees, contractors and sub-contractors involved in the Project Works AMP Archaeological Management Plan CBD Central Business District CEMP The Project’s Construction Environmental Management Plan CG Coordinator-General CGCR Coordinator-General’s Change Report CGER Coordinator-General’s Evaluation Report COEMP The Project’s Commissioning Environmental Management Plan Contractor The Contractors appointed to design, construct and commission the Project Coordinator-General The corporation sole preserved, continued and constituted under section 8 of the SDPWO Act CRR Cross River Rail CSEP Community and Stakeholder Engagement Plan DES Department of Environment and Science

Directly Affected Persons An entity being either the owner or occupant of premises for which predictive modelling or monitoring indicates the Project impacts would be above the performance criteria in the Imposed Conditions EIS Environmental Impact Statement EMP Environmental Management Plan (refers to the OEMP, CEMP, COEMP including any Project sub-plans) EMS Environmental Management System

Environmental Monitor The Environmental Monitor engaged in accordance with Imposed Condition 7 GHG Greenhouse gas ISCA Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia Imposed condition/s AInfrastructure condition/s imposed Sustainability by the Council Coordinator of Australia-General under section 54B of the SDPWO Act for the Project A condition/s imposed by the Coordinator-General under section 54B of the SDPWO Act for the Project

LMP Land Management Plan MRTS51 MRTS51 Environmental Management – TMR Specification NICHMP Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan NVMP Noise and Vibration Management Plan OEMP The Project’s Outline Environmental Management Plan

vii

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Acronym Definition

Outline CEMP The Project’s Outline Construction Environmental Management Plan Outline COEMP The Project’s Outline Commissioning Environmental Management Plan Predictive Modelling Means the use of appropriate analytical scenario testing, whether or not by numerical measurements, undertaken prior to the commencement of Project Works

PPE Personal Protective Equipment Project The Cross River Rail Project Project Works As defined in the Imposed Conditions

Proponent The Authority QA Quality Assurance Rail Infrastructure A person who has effective management and control of rail infrastructure or proposed rail Manager infrastructure, whether or not the person –

owns or will own the rail infrastructure; or

has or will have a statutory or contractual right to use the rail infrastructure or to control, or provide, access to it. Rail Transport Operator A rail infrastructure manager or rolling stock operator, or a person or organisation which is both SDPWO Act State Development and Public Works Organisation Act 1971 SEMS Queensland Rail’s Safety and Environment Management System Sub-plan Any sub-plan to an EMP

The Authority The Cross River Rail Delivery Authority TMR Queensland Department of Transport and Main Roads

viii

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

1 Introduction 1.1 Background The Design and Construction Joint Venture comprising of CPB Contractors Pty Ltd, BAM International Australia Pty Ltd, Ghella Pty Ltd and UGL Engineering Pty Ltd (CBGU D&C JV or CBGU) is responsible for delivering the Cross River Rail (CRR) Project (the Project) on behalf of the Cross River Rail Delivery Authority (the Authority). This Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan should be read in conjunction with the Project’s overarching Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP). The CEMP provides specific details regarding the background of the Project, the scope of the Project and the staging and timing of key milestones associated with the construction of the Project. 1.2 Context This Construction Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan (NICHMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) developed for the Project. It represents the requirement for a NICHMP for the Project as identified by the Coordinator-General. The NICHMP describes how CBGU will manage cultural heritage and minimise impacts to non-Indigenous heritage places and values during construction of the Project. 1.3 Objectives The objective of this NICHMP is to ensure that construction activities are managed to maintain non- indigenous heritage values of sites, places and values within and adjacent to construction worksites. This NICHMP has been developed to achieve the environmental and heritage outcomes for places of National, State and local heritage significance. Management measures and monitoring requirements are to be implemented to achieve the environmental outcomes and performance criteria nominated in this plan. This plan seeks delivery of heritage performance through the following objectives: • Apply opportunities to preserve, restore and enhance heritage values at the stations and surrounding development interfaces with the Project • The Project design, construction and operation minimises the impact on historically significant buildings and artefacts and where reasonable and practicable, avoids or minimises the direct impact on heritage values of such places • Minimise the impact of noise and vibration and other activities during the construction phase which could cause damage to heritage values within and surrounding the Project • To verify predicted impacts to heritage values by ongoing monitoring during construction and operation to identify deflections from the predictions to enable early modification of construction methods to avoid unintended impacts • Project delivered with minimal need to undertake ratification and repair works from Project caused heritage impacts and opportunities to restore and enhance existing heritage sites are embraced.

[Type here] 1

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

1.4 Legislative Framework 1.4.1 Commonwealth Legislation Commonwealth legislation that is likely to be relevant to the Project includes: • Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. 1.4.2 State Legislation State legislation (and associated regulations) likely to be relevant to the Project includes:

• Cross River Rail Delivery Authority Act 2016 • Economic Development Act 2012

• Queensland Heritage Act 1992 • Planning Act 2016

1.4.3 Local Legislation Local legislation that is likely to be relevant to the Project includes: • Brisbane City Plan 2014. 1.4.4 Approvals, Permits, and Licences CBGU will obtain licences, permits and approvals as required by law and maintain them as required throughout the delivery phase of the project. No condition of the Infrastructure Approval removes the obligation for CBGU to obtain, renew or comply with such necessary licences, permits or approvals. Approvals relating to management of non-indigenous cultural heritage that are expected to be required for the Project are identified in Table 4 below.

Table 4 Environmental approvals, permits and licences

Approval / Permit / Licence Regulatory Authority Responsibility Exemption Certification required for development by the Department of CBGU State on a Queensland Heritage Place (s71) Environment & Science

1.4.5 Guidelines and Standards Project works must be undertaken in accordance with specific guidelines and standards. Guidelines and standards related to the management of cultural heritage that must be met include (but are not limited to): • Queensland Heritage Act 1992: Archaeological Investigations • Queensland Heritage Act 1992: Archival Recording of heritage places • Queensland Heritage Act 1992: Developing Heritage Places • Queensland Heritage Act 1992: State Development Assessment Provisions • Queensland Heritage Act 1992: Assessing Cultural Heritage Significance • EPBC: Defence Heritage Toolkit • Australia ICOMOS: Burra Charter, 2013 and Practice Notes

[Type here] 2

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

2 Required Outcomes The following environmental and heritage outcomes as identified in the Outline NICHMP must be achieved throughout construction of the Project. 2.1 Environmental Outcomes The following environmental outcomes in relation to non-indigenous heritage are to be achieved: • Construction activities are managed to maintain cultural heritage values of identified places of historical value, within and adjacent to the construction worksites and along both the surface rail and tunnel alignments. • Construction activities are managed to maintain scientific values of any archaeological places uncovered during Project works. • New infrastructure is sympathetic in design to the aesthetic significance of cultural heritage places in the vicinity. 2.2 Performance Criteria The following performance criteria must be achieved throughout construction: • Construction activities do not adversely impact on places of historical heritage value directly, or indirectly though excessive dust deposition, excessive vibration, or excessive settlement. • A Heritage Management Plan (HMP) is prepared and endorsed for all places of state or local historical heritage significance likely to be impacted by works prior to these works commencing. An overarching management plan is prepared in respect of places of local heritage value. • Any archaeological places newly discovered and uncovered are appropriately managed. • All personnel involved in, or supervising construction works have completed either the TMR Cultural Heritage Induction or another cultural heritage induction course. 2.3 Archaeological Management Plan The Project has an AMP endorsed by the State of Queensland (represented by DES). The AMP was prepared by the CRRDA and is effective across the life of the Project. All contractor works are to be undertaken in a manner to comply with the AMP. The AMP defines key policies, standards, mitigation measures and procedures for the archaeological requirements of the Project. These include: • In accordance with the Burra Charter and associated archaeological practice notes, archaeological investigation is to be considered a suitable management and conservation approach especially where impacts for the Cross River Rail Project cannot be otherwise avoided. • A preference for the in-situ conservation and retention of significant archaeological features, where practicable exists.

[Type here] 3

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

• Consultation and communication with key stakeholders, in particular, the Department of Environment and Science as the regulator of the Queensland Heritage Act 1992 and the Queensland Heritage Council (where relevant) is required. • Archaeological investigations are always to be conducted by appropriately qualified persons, to standards and methods defined in the AMP, and with respect to the identified research frameworks and questions defined in the AMP. • Significance is always to be used to inform decision making, including selection of appropriate archaeological investigation methods, strategies, and in-situ conservation requirements. • Unexpected finds (archaeological discoveries) are to be managed through the processes identified in the AMP to ensure compliance with heritage legislation. This includes implementation of an agreed assessment process to enable a suitably qualified archaeologist to determine whether a discovery is or is not of State significance. Discoveries that are determined to be: — not of State significance will be recorded following the standard recording procedures outlined in the AMP so works can proceed as expediently as possible following their discovery and significance assessment. — Of potential State significance are still to be reported to DES following the standard Section 89 of the Queensland Heritage Act 1992 processes. Due to the potential implications of an extended stop works on project delivery, DES have noted the need for an expedited timeframe (10 business days from receipt) for a response to any such discovery notifications. • All archaeological discoveries are to be included in periodic reporting to the DES as per the processes established in the AMP, further detail is located in section 5.2 of this plan. • The interpretation and communication of the importance of any significant archaeological findings is an essential and important outcome for the Project. • The management policies, processes and standards identified in this Plan must be integrated with other Project management systems and processes to ensure archaeological issues are adequately managed.

[Type here] 4

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

3 Impacts and Mitigation Measures 3.1 Impacts The delivery of the CRR may have impacts on State and local heritage places and the archaeological potential of some areas identified in the CRR AMP. Impacts may be either direct, indirect or inadvertent: - Direct impacts include physical impacts to the significant fabric of places through construction works (e.g. demolition, alteration) and detrimental changes to significance views and settings of such places. - Indirect impacts include the results of vibration, settlement or subsidence on the physical fabric of heritage places. - Inadvertent impacts include accidental and unplanned damage to heritage places. 3.1.1 General Impacts General impacts to non-indigenous cultural heritage that may occur as a result of the Project’s construction are detailed below. • Indirect impacts to heritage values, caused through the generation of vibration and ground settlement which create building and or structure damage, or through dust, noise or visual impacts created from the surrounding land use. • Excavation induced settlement, groundwater drawdown induced settlement and local ground relaxation effects around structures at tunnel declines. Excavation-induced ground movements could occur during the construction phase, but drawdown induced settlement could commence in the construction phase and continue into the operational phase for a number of years. • Impacts to the visual setting of known heritage places due to the introduction of unsympathetic built form in their proximity on completion. • Impacts to the archaeological record of early Brisbane due to the unexpected discovery of archaeological features and artefacts during ground excavation works during the Project. 3.1.2 Specific Impacts 3.1.2.1 Northern Portal to Roma Street Station • The far northern extent of the Project tunnel works will occur within the local heritage boundary for Victoria Park (i.e. those a portion of the rail corridor within the BCC Heritage Register only). • The tunnel crosses beneath the sections of the Roma Street Railway Station local heritage listing near the corner of College Road and Countess Streets (BCC Heritage Register). • The tunnel passes directly beneath Hardgrave Park, a local heritage listing bounded by Countess, Swan Streets and Petrie Terrace (BCC Heritage Register). • The tunnel passes within 20m of several heritage places in this area: — Brisbane Grammar School, 24 Gregory Terrace, Spring Hill (QHR600124), 20m.

[Type here] 5

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

— Brisbane Girls Grammar School, 70 Gregory Terrace, Spring Hill (BCC Heritage Register), 10m. — Kelvin Grove Fig Tree and Air Raid Shelter (QHR602196), 10m. — Florence House, 256 Petrie Terrace, Petrie Terrace (BCC Heritage Register) – 1874 terrace house, 15m. — Illawarra Buildings, 244 Petrie Terrace, Petrie Terrace (BCC Heritage Register) – set of 1886-87 terrace houses, 15m. — O’Keefe’s Buildings, 226 Petrie Terrace, Petrie Terrace (BCC Heritage Register) – set of 1881 terrace houses, <10m. — Victoria Barracks, 83 – 129 Petrie Terrace, Petrie Terrace (Commonwealth Heritage List) - <5m.

3.1.2.2 Roma Street Station • Tunnelling beneath Roma Street Station (QHR601208) may result in maximum surface settlement from 20-25 mm to 0-50 mm and therefore result in impacts to significant fabric. Use of drill and blast construction methodologies at Roma Street Station could result in an exceedance of the cultural heritage vibration goal of 2mm continuous / 10mm transient. • The redevelopment of the station precinct area around the Queensland heritage-listed Roma Street Station may impact on physical fabric and aspects of aesthetic significance as defined in the QHR entry. • Works for the redevelopment of the Brisbane Transit Centre, including new station cavern excavations, would occur within 20m of the former Royal Bank of Queensland building (BCC Heritage Register) at 458 George Street, Brisbane.

3.1.2.3 Albert Street • The tunnel would pass beneath: — Brisbane Dental Hospital and College (QHR601909), corner Albert and Turbot Streets. — Albert Street Uniting Church (QHR600066), corner Albert and Ann Streets. — King George Square (BCC Heritage Register) — Former Queensland Deposit Bank (BCC Heritage Register) located at 245 Albert Street, Brisbane. — William Cairncross Building (BCC Heritage Register) located at 188-196 Albert Street, Brisbane. — Former Beak House (BCC Heritage Register), 127 Albert Street, Brisbane. — Perry House (QHR600103), located at 167 Albert Street, Brisbane. — Parts of the Early Streets of Brisbane (QHR645611), including small areas near the corner of: • Adelaide and Albert Streets, • Burnett Lane and Albert Street, • Elizabeth and Albert Streets, • Charlotte and Albert Streets, and • Alice and Albert Streets.

[Type here] 6

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

— City Botanic Gardens (QHR600067), located off Alice Street, Brisbane. • The Project’s tunnels would pass within 20m of the following heritage places: — Albert Street Uniting Church (QHR600066), <5m. — Former Gaujard and Elson Building (BCC Heritage Register), <5m. — Brisbane City Hall (QHR600065), <10m. — Sportsgirl (QHR600139), 120 Queen Street, Brisbane, <20m. • Surface works, including alterations to the road and footpath pavements, around the Albert Street station entrances could potentially disturb archeologically significant items.

3.1.2.4 Woolloongabba The Project tunnel would pass beneath the following heritage places: • Kangaroo Point Cliffs (QHR602400). • Rineston (BCC Heritage Register), 56 Llewellyn Street, Kangaroo Point. • St Joseph’s Church, School & Presbytery (BCC Heritage Register), 36 Leopard Street, Kangaroo Point. • Railway Hotel (Recovery Hotel), (BCC Heritage Register), 735 Stanley Street, Woolloongabba The Project tunnels would pass within 20m of the following heritage places: • R.A.O.B Lodge Hall (BCC Heritage Register), 5 Hubert Street, Woolloongabba, <5m. • Wilbar (BCC Heritage Register), 52 Hawthorne Street, Woolloongabba, 20m. Project works beneath Stanley Street, east of the tunnel alignment, will also occur within immediate proximity of the following heritage places: • Woolloongabba Post Office (former), (QHR600357), 765 Stanley Street, Woolloongabba, being located to the south of the proposed works area <5m. • BAFS Dispensary Building (BCC Heritage Register), 767 Stanley Street, Woolloongabba, being located to the southeast of the proposed works area <5m. Construction for the temporary works area and future Woolloongabba Station cavity will occur within zone of archaeological potential 12 and 13 as identified in the Project AMP. These works may result in impacts to the archaeological potential of these zones.

3.1.2.5 Boggo Road Station The Project works for the Boggo Road Station cavity, the tunnels and surface infrastructure will occur partially within: • Boggo Road Gaol: No.2 Division – State Prison for Womens (BCC Heritage Register only), 21 Boggo Road, Dutton Park. The project works will be approximately 80m east of the Boggo Road Gaol No.2 Division and Remnant No.1 Division (QHR601033) and Dutton Park State School (QHR650087).

[Type here] 7

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

3.2 Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures, developed in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Outline Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan (September 2019) within the Outline Construction Environment Management Plan may be implemented to achieve the nominated environmental and heritage outcomes and performance criteria. Additional or different mitigation measures may be applied to achieve the environmental outcomes and performance criteria. 3.2.1 General Mitigation Measures • Where predictive modelling indicates ground-borne vibration or settlement would present a risk to heritage places, building condition surveys of each building of Commonwealth or State heritage significance prior to and upon completion of the works. Building condition surveys would be undertaken to identify and document pre and post-construction conditions. Necessary building condition surveys are to be undertaken by a person suitably qualified in condition assessments of heritage buildings (Outline NICHMP). • Where places of historical cultural heritage value are likely to be impacted by construction works – a Heritage Management Plan will be prepared to guide and manage construction and to ensure the identified values of such places are maintained (Outline NICHMP). • For State or local heritage places impacted by the Project, Heritage Management Plans are to be prepared prior to construction activities commencing (Outline NICHMP). • Preparation of Heritage Management Plans is to be informed by a condition survey report and by predictive modelling of criteria relevant to each place (e.g. vibration, settlement) and is to include mitigation measures to achieve the environmental outcomes in relation to heritage values for each place (Outline NICHMP). • Implementation of the Project AMP, for mitigation, conservation and protection of archaeological sites prior to and during construction (Outline NICHMP). • Cultural heritage awareness training will be included in employee induction processes, to ensure workers are aware of heritage places in the vicinity of proposed works and proposed management procedures (Outline NICHMP). • Condition surveys must be conducted of each Local Heritage Place impacted by the Project (CG 2012 Condition 4). Surveys are only required to the extent the place is the subject of development, prior to any construction works commencing which may impact on the cultural heritage values of that place. • Where harm to historical heritage values cannot be reasonably or practically avoided, undertake archival recording of cultural heritage values with the advice of an appropriately qualified heritage consultant (Outline NICHMP). • Where harm to historic heritage values cannot be reasonably avoided, adaptive re-use options must be explored where this is practical (Outline NICHMP). • Archaeological test pitting is to be conducted in places of high to outstanding archaeological potential prior to construction activities involving surface ground disturbance commencing, including parts of Albert Street and Charlotte Street. The results of these test pits will inform management responses (Outline NICHMP).

[Type here] 8

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

• An overarching procedure is defined in the Project AMP. Additional protocols are defined in Archaeological Research Designs prepared for each station precinct. These protocols shall be implemented for unexpected archaeological finds. • Archival recording should be carried out in accordance the Department of Environment and Science’s guideline on Archival Recording of Heritage Places (Outline NICHMP). • To protect places of historical heritage from excessive dust deposition, vibration and settlement, construction works are to be undertaken in accordance with the Air Quality Management Plan – (AQMP), Noise and Vibration Management Plan (NVMP), and Land Management Plan (LMP) (Outline NICHMP). 3.2.2 Specific Mitigation Measures 3.2.2.1 Northern Portal to Roma Street Station Direct impacts to heritage places are anticipated. Indirect impacts due to settlement and vibration are possible, though unlikely, where their location is above or in areas adjacent to deep tunnelling works areas.

3.2.2.1.1 Settlement and Vibration During design and pre-construction stages, additional settlement modelling is to be undertaken to refine understanding of settlement and vibration impacts to: • Victoria Park - local heritage listing areas only, this includes a section of the rail corridor. • Brisbane Grammar School - local heritage listing areas only • Hardgrave Park, 155 Petrie Terrace, Petrie Terrace If the tunnel alignment changes, the impacts of settlement and monitoring will need to be reassessed for: • Florence House, 256 Petrie Terrace, Petrie Terrace • Illawarra Buildings, 244 Petrie Terrace, Petrie Terrace • O’Keefe’s Buildings, 226 Petrie Terrace, Petrie Terrace Where settlement and/or vibration exceeds accepted tolerances for heritage places, pre-condition surveys and a settlement and vibration monitoring program is to be implemented at the affected place. Consultation may be required with owners, including Brisbane City Council and Brisbane Grammar School, as per the Project’s Outline Land Management Plan.

3.2.2.1.2 Archaeology There are no zones of archaeological potential defined for the Northern Portal area. However, AMP unexpected finds protocols remain in effect for the life of the project works.

3.2.2.1.3 Design No specific design requirements are identified.

3.2.2.1.4 Specific Management Plans Victoria Barracks, 83 – 129 Petrie Terrace, Petrie Terrace, is a Commonwealth Heritage Listed place within close proximity to the tunnel alignment. No direct or indirect impacts are anticipated. EPBC Referral Decision

[Type here] 9

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

(2017/7961) further indicated that the Project did not represent a controlled action. If the tunnel alignment changes to intersect the CHL boundary for Victoria Park, a new EPBC Referral may be required including a specific HMP.

3.2.2.2 Roma Street Station Direct impacts to heritage places are anticipated. Indirect impacts due to settlement and vibration are possible, though unlikely, where their location is above or in areas adjacent to deep tunnelling works areas. Continuous monitoring devices are to be located at the following places within the Roma Street Station precinct: • Roma Street Railway Station (QHR601280).

3.2.2.2.1 Settlement and Vibration During design and pre-construction stages, additional settlement modelling is to be undertaken to refine understanding of settlement and vibration impacts to: Heritage places within the alignment: • Roma Street Railway Station (QHR601280), Heritage places within proximity to the alignment: • Former Royal Bank of Queensland building, 458 George Street, Brisbane. Once final settlement modelling is completed, heritage impacts to these places are to be re-evaluated. Where settlement and/or vibration exceeds accepted tolerances for heritage places, pre-condition surveys and a settlement and vibration monitoring program is to be implemented at the affected place. Consultation may be required with owners, including Queensland Rail (Roma Street Railway Station) and former Royal Queensland Bank building per the Project’s Outline Land Management Plan.

3.2.2.2.2 Archaeology The endorsed AMP requires preparation of a Detailed Archaeological Assessment and Archaeological Research Design for a Zone of Archaeological Potential 7 as identified in that plan. Invasive archaeological investigations may be required following completion of those documents. AMP unexpected finds protocols remain in effect for the life of the project works. Additional site-specific discovery protocols and procedures for any identified zones of archaeological potential will be defined with the Archaeological Research Design.

3.2.2.2.3 Design Heritage input is required throughout the lifecycle of the precinct design for the Roma Street Station Precinct to ensure overall design considers potential impacts to the heritage significance of the Roma Street Railway Station (QHR601280) and incorporates design measures that avoid or mitigate direct and indirect impacts. This would include design changes to positively impact the heritage-listed station by opening the visual line of sight through the station plaza (RfPC4).

[Type here] 10

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

3.2.2.2.4 Specific Management Plans A HMP is to be prepared for Roma Street Railway Station (QHR601280). Mitigation measures for local heritage places identified in 3.1.2. above are to be addressed in the overarching management plan for local heritage places.

3.2.2.3 Albert Street Direct impacts to heritage places are anticipated. Indirect impacts due to settlement and vibration are possible, though unlikely, where their location is above or in areas adjacent to deep tunnelling works areas.

3.2.2.3.1 Settlement and Vibration During design and pre-construction stages, additional settlement modelling is to be undertaken to refine understanding of settlement and vibration impacts to heritage places within and in close proximity to the alignment. Heritage places within the tunnel alignment: — King George Square (BCC Heritage Register) has been identified as having a low risk of significant settlement effects, with a maximum ground movement of 10mm (2mm of continuous or transient vibration is the trigger for heritage places to require pre-condition survey and monitoring program). — the Former Queensland Deposit Bank (BCC Heritage Register) located at 245 Albert Street, Brisbane. — Myer Store (BCC Heritage Register area only), 110 Queen Street, Brisbane. — Perry House (QHR600103), located at 167 Albert Street, Brisbane. — William Cairncross Building (BCC Heritage Register) – 188 Albert Street, Brisbane. — Brisbane Botanical Gardens (QHR600067) – 147 Alice Street – immediately above tunnel alignment. — Beatrice Lane (BCC Heritage Register) – 131A Margaret Street – partially within alignment. Heritage places within proximity to the alignment: • The Project’s tunnels would pass within 20m of the following heritage places: — Albert Street Uniting Church (QHR600066), <5m. — Brisbane City Hall (QHR600065), <10m. This property is identified as having a low risk of significant effects from vibration and settlement, with an estimated maximum ground movement of 10mm (2mm of continuous or transient vibration is the trigger for heritage places to require pre-condition survey and monitoring program). — Sportsgirl (QHR600139), 120 Queen Street, Brisbane, <20m. Tunnelling will occur beneath parts of the archaeological State heritage place, the Early Streets of Brisbane (QHR645611). Impacts are not expected to any archaeological potential of this listing by deep tunnelling works. An Exemption Certificate, however, will be required. Where results of vibration and settlement modelling, and heritage impact re-evaluation, show exceedances to accepted levels for heritage places, HMPs may also be required for any State and local heritage places impacted.

[Type here] 11

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

Where settlement and/or vibration exceeds accepted tolerances for heritage places, pre-condition surveys and a settlement and vibration monitoring program is to be implemented at the affected place. Consultation may be required with heritage place owners, including Brisbane City Council, about potential settlement impacts, as per the Project’s Outline Land Management Plan.

3.2.2.3.2 Archaeology The endorsed AMP requires preparation of a Detailed Archaeological Assessment and Archaeological Research Design for two Zones of Archaeological Potential 1 and 2 as identified in that plan. Invasive archaeological investigations may be required following completion of those documents. All works within the Early Streets of Brisbane (QHR645611) will require preparation of an Archaeological Research Design and statutory approval under an Exemption Certificate under the Queensland Heritage Act 1992. Invasive archaeological investigations may be required following completion of those documents. AMP unexpected finds protocols remain in effect for the life of the project works. Additional site-specific discovery protocols and procedures for any identified zones of archaeological potential will be defined with the Archaeological Research Design.

3.2.2.3.3 Design Incorporate ‘innovation in design’ to facilitate the inclusion of any significant archaeological discoveries at the Albert Street construction sites into an interpretative display or program at the new Albert Street Station.

3.2.2.3.4 Specific Management Plans Mitigation measures for local heritage places identified in 3.1.2. above are to be addressed in the overarching management plan for local heritage places. No direct impacts by tunnelling are expected to local or State heritage places along Albert Street. Indirect impacts are possible though will be determined in settlement and/or vibration modelling during design. If exceedances are noted at any local or State heritage place, HMPs must be prepared for those places. Other project impacts to the Early Streets of Brisbane (QHR645611) are anticipated to be minor. This includes geotechnical investigations. The Project AMP is in place. Therefore a place specific HMP for the Early Streets of Brisbane should only be required if impacts are greater than minor and cannot be accommodated under an Exemption Certificate.

3.2.2.4 Woolloongabba No direct impacts heritage places are anticipated. Indirect impacts from settlement and/or vibration to heritage places are possible, though considered unlikely, where their location is above or in areas adjacent to deep tunnelling works areas. Project works will occur within an AMP identified Zone of Archaeological Potential.

3.2.2.4.1 Settlement and Vibration During design and pre-construction stages, additional settlement modelling is to be undertaken to refine understanding of settlement and vibration impacts to heritage places within and in close proximity to the alignment. Heritage places within the tunnel alignment:

[Type here] 12

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

• Kangaroo Point Cliffs (QHR602400). • Rineston (BCC Heritage Register), 56 Llewellyn Street, Kangaroo Point. • St Joseph’s Church, School & Presbytery (BCC Heritage Register), 36 Leopard Street, Kangaroo Point. • Railway Hotel (Recovery Hotel), (BCC Heritage Register), 735 Stanley Street, Woolloongabba The Project tunnels would pass within 20m of the following heritage places: • R.A.O.B Lodge Hall (BCC Heritage Register), 5 Hubert Street, Woolloongabba. • Wilbar (BCC Heritage Register), 52 Hawthorne Street, Woolloongabba. Project works beneath Stanley Street, east of the tunnel alignment, will also occur within immediate proximity of the following heritage places: • Woolloongabba Post Office (former), (QHR600357), 765 Stanley Street, Woolloongabba, being located to the south of the proposed works area. • BAFS Dispensary Building (BCC Heritage Register), 767 Stanley Street, Woolloongabba, being located to the southeast of the proposed works area. Once final modelling is completed, heritage impacts to these places are to be re-evaluated. Consultation may be required with owners of these places about potential settlement impacts, as per the Project’s Outline Land Management Plan.

3.2.2.4.2 Archaeology The endorsed AMP requires preparation of a Detailed Archaeological Assessment and Archaeological Research Design for Zone of Archaeological Potential 12 and 13 as identified in that plan. Invasive archaeological investigations may be required following completion of those documents. AMP unexpected finds protocols remain in effect for the life of the project works. Additional site-specific discovery protocols and procedures for any identified zones of archaeological potential will be defined with the Archaeological Research Design.

3.2.2.4.3 Design Potential for adverse impacts to one archaeological discovery of State heritage significance within the Woolloongabba Station Precinct (40ft Turntable). Heritage input is therefore required throughout the lifecycle of the precinct design (including temporary and permanent works designs) to ensure overall design considers potential impacts, meets DES expectations on management, and incorporates design measures that avoid or mitigate direct and indirect impacts.

3.2.2.4.4 Specific Management Plans Mitigation measures for local heritage places identified in 3.1.2. above are to be addressed in the overarching management plan for local heritage places. No direct impacts by tunnelling are expected to local or State heritage places at Woolloongabba. Indirect impacts are possible though will be determined in settlement and/or vibration modelling during design. If exceedances are noted at any local or State heritage place, HMPs must be prepared for those places.

[Type here] 13

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

3.2.2.5 Boggo Road Station No direct impacts to heritage places are anticipated. Indirect impacts top State or local heritage places from settlement and/or vibration are very unlikely due to distances from project works areas. Project works will occur within an AMP identified Zone of Archaeological Potential.

3.2.2.5.1 Settlement and Vibration During design and pre-construction stages, additional settlement modelling is to be undertaken to refine understanding of settlement and vibration impacts to heritage places within and in close proximity to the alignment. While the distance between Boggo Road Gaol No.2 Division and Remnant No.1 Division (QHR601033) and the new Boggo Road Station are sufficient, indirect impacts of these works, including vibration need to be revised if alignments change in the future. Consultation may be required with owners of Boggo Road Gaol about potential settlement impacts, as per the Project’s Outline Land Management Plan.

3.2.2.5.2 Archaeology The endorsed AMP requires preparation of a Detailed Archaeological Assessment and Archaeological Research Design for Zones of Archaeological Potential 4 as identified in that plan. Invasive archaeological investigations may be required following completion of those documents. AMP unexpected finds protocols remain in effect for the life of the project works. Additional site-specific discovery protocols and procedures for any identified zones of archaeological potential will be defined with the Archaeological Research Design.

3.2.2.5.3 Design Potential for adverse visual impacts due to inconsistent structural and design form of new station at Boggo Road may represent an indirect impact of the project on Boggo Road Gaol Divisions 1 and 2 (QHR601033). Heritage input is therefore required throughout the lifecycle of the precinct design to ensure overall design considers potential impacts to the heritage significance of Boggo Road Gaol and incorporates design measures that avoid or mitigate such impacts.

3.2.2.5.4 Specific Management Plans Mitigation measures for local heritage places identified in 3.1.2. above are to be addressed in the overarching management plan for local heritage places. Direct impacts are expected to areas located within the BCC Heritage Register boundary for Boggo Road Gaol only. As no physical impacts to the extant gaol fabric are to occur under the proposed works, a specific HMP for that local heritage place is not to be prepared. Any impacts to the former gaol are likely to be limited to the exposure of archaeological remnants of the former gaol – particularly later phases of its constructure in the 20th century. Therefore, management and mitigation of these impacts is to be addressed in the Detailed Archaeological Assessment and Archaeological Research Design for Boggo Road as identified above in Section 3.2.2.5.3. Indirect impacts to the extant former gaol buildings are possible though very unlikely. If settlement and/or vibration modelling during design identifies exceedances of accepted tolerance for heritage places, a revision of management requirements will be required.

[Type here] 14

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

3.2.2.6 Dutton Park No direct impacts to heritage places are anticipated. Indirect impacts to nearby heritage places by settlement and/or vibration are highly unlikely due to distances from project works.

3.2.2.6.1 Settlement and Vibration During design and pre-construction stages, additional settlement and vibration modelling is to be undertaken to refine understanding of settlement and vibration impacts to: • South Brisbane Cemetery at Dutton Park (QHR602406) – c.200m distant. Once final modelling is completed, heritage impacts to these places are to be re-evaluated. Where settlement and/or vibration exceeds accepted tolerances for heritage places, pre-condition surveys and a settlement and vibration monitoring program is to be implemented at the affected place. If impacts are identified, consultation may be required with owners of heritage places, including Brisbane City Council, about potential settlement impacts to the cemetery, as per the Project’s Outline Land Management Plan.

3.2.2.6.2 Archaeology There are no zones of archaeological potential defined in the Project AMP for Dutton Park. However, AMP unexpected finds protocols remain in effect for the life of the project works.

3.2.2.6.3 Design No design requirements have been identified.

3.2.2.6.4 Specific Management Plans No HMPs are required as no impacts are anticipated to heritage places at Dutton Park.

[Type here] 15

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

4 Compliance Management 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities The organisational responsibilities and accountabilities in relation to environmental management throughout Project construction works are outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.2 Induction and Training 4.2.1 Environmental (Cultural Heritage) Induction All CBGU staff, subcontractors and visitors to worksites must attend general induction training that covers non-Indigenous cultural heritage requirements, site-wide controls and site-specific and work specific risks and mitigation measures. Further details regarding induction requirements have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.3 Communication Communication strategies including internal communication, external and Government Authority consultation, and stakeholder and community liaison must be undertaken in accordance with the CEMP and the CSEP. 4.3.1 Incident Notification The immediate response to all incidents is to make the area safe and undertake measures to prevent further environmental harm. The Environment and Sustainability Manager and Project Director should be notified immediately in the event of a significant environmental incident. Further details regarding Incident Notification, have been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 4.3.2 Incident Types Incidents include, but are not limited to: • Any breach of the legislation or an approval or permit condition • Unauthorised damage to a heritage place or item. • Failure to follow Unexpected Finds procedures. 4.3.3 Incident Prevention Management Key effective incident prevention is undertaken by continual environmental inspections and monitoring. During construction works the following preventative strategies will be implemented by the CBGU or its representative: • Daily identification of non-Indigenous cultural heritage constraints and requirements at toolbox talks. • Daily informal visual inspections of active work sites where non-Indigenous cultural heritage constraints are being managed. • Completion of the Project’s Environmental Checklist.

[Type here] 16

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

• Timely close out of corrective actions as identified in the Project’s Environmental Checklist • Audits and/or reviews of processes and procedures as identified in the CEMP. Preventative or corrective actions will be identified in response to an environmental incident, during daily visual inspections or through the Project’s Environmental Checklist. 4.3.4 Incident Investigation The Incident Investigation process has been specified in the overarching CEMP. 4.3.5 Complaint Management All complaints are to be dealt with in accordance with the complaints management procedure outlined in the CEMP. Validated complaints about erosion and sediment must be addressed as soon as practicable after the complaint has been made and in accordance with the complaints management procedure outlined in the CSEP and/or CEP. Should there be an absence of monitoring data to confirm or refute the complaint, a visual inspection must be undertaken and the findings reported to both the Environmental Monitor and the complainant. The Environmental Monitor may require a site-specific monitoring campaign to inform the development of additional mitigation measures.

[Type here] 17

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

5 Inspections, Monitoring, Auditing and Reporting This section outlines the compliance processes that have been adopted by CBGU to ensure compliance with the Coordinator-General Conditions and any other legislative requirements. The section below details specific requirements relating to Inspections, monitoring, auditing requirements have not been outlined in the overarching CEMP. 5.1 Monitoring 5.1.1 Performance Monitoring Monitoring will be undertaken at various sensitive receptors to validate the impacts predicted for the Project and to measure the effectiveness of environmental controls and implementation of this CHMP. The monitoring also helps in addressing any potential Community Complaints that may be made. The monitoring requirements specific to non-indigenous cultural heritage are outlined below. • Monitoring is to be conducted for historical heritage places identified in a Heritage Management Plan as being at risk of damage during construction, in accordance with the approved management plan. • Based on the results of test pitting, archaeological monitoring may be employed where necessary during ground disturbance works in places of high to outstanding archaeological potential (alternatively, the test pits may indicate that open area archaeological excavation is the appropriate management response). • Routine daily site observations are to include assessment of effectiveness of any exclusion fencing or signage protecting cultural heritage values. 5.1.2 Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with this NICHMP, compliance with Environmental Design Requirements, and other relevant permits, approvals, and guidelines. There will be a monthly internal audit undertaken by the Contractor, who is to report findings to the Environmental Monitor and the Authority. This includes reporting on compliance with the CEMP and the Imposed Conditions. Specific audit requirements are included in the CEMP 5.1.3 Corrective Actions Corrective actions must be undertaken where monitoring or validated complaints indicate the environmental outcomes or Imposed Conditions are not achieved in relation to particular works, either because the performance criteria have not been met, or mitigation measures have not been implemented. Where corrective actions become necessary, the works that do not achieve the environmental outcomes or meet the Imposed Conditions must cease until the corrective actions have been developed and implemented. The process for developing and implementing Correction Actions has been specified within the overarching CEMP.

[Type here] 18

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

5.2 Reporting 5.2.1 Environmental Reporting Details regarding reporting, including provision of interim and detail reports have been provided in the overarching CEMP. A report containing the below requirements from the Outline NICHMP will also be prepared as and when required: • Archaeological discoveries are to be immediately reported to the relevant worksite supervisor, who is to inform the Project’s cultural heritage coordinator. The Project AMP unexpected finds protocol is to be followed and finds of potential state significance are to be reported to DES by the Project’s cultural heritage coordinator. • Reporting of any cultural heritage finds and inspections of cultural heritage protection measures are to be included in the monthly construction compliance report, along with any complaints or incidents relating to cultural heritage issues. • On completion of any heritage works required for compliance with this plan, a report of the works undertaken must be prepared. • On completion of construction works, a report is to be prepared on any archaeological places or objects exposed or recovered as per the Project AMP requirements. During project works, a quarterly report summarising all archaeological discoveries made during the operation of the Project AMP, will be provided to the CRRDA who will subsequently provide it to DES as per the requirements of the AMP. 5.3 Documentation and Communication Records in relation to cultural heritage must be maintained in accordance with these requirements. 5.3.1 Document Control Document control requirements have been specifically addressed within the overarching CEMP. 5.3.2 Review In accordance with the General Requirements of the CEMP this construction NICHMP must also be updated and revised as required. Revisions shall be reviewed and approved prior to issue. Updates to this NICHMP are numbered consecutively and issued to holders of controlled copies Revisions to this NICHMP may also be required during the Project to reflect changing circumstances or identified deficiencies. Revisions may result from: • Management Review • Audit (either internal or by external parties) • Complaints or non-conformance reports • Changes to the Company’s standard system.

[Type here] 19

Non-Indigenous Cultural Heritage Management Plan

5.3.3 Communication All internal and external communication with all stakeholders including the public, Coordinator-General, government agencies and the Delivery Authority must be done in accordance with the requirements of the CEMP.

[Type here] 20